Prompasa Catálogo by PC4D Soluções Digitais Lda

PRODUCTS AND SOLUTIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION

ALPHABETICAL PRODUCT INDEX BETOLEVEL 15 272 BETOLEVEL 30 274 BETOPOX 93 300 BETOPRIM EPOXI 302 BORADA EPOXI 130 BORADA PLUS 128 BORADA PORCELÁNICA 124 BORADA UNIVERSAL 126 BORALASTIC 134 CONCENTRADO 96 DESINCRUSTANTE DE CEMENTO 318 GRES-LIMP 319 M7.5 SILÍCEO 316 NIVELANTE 5 270 PAM ANDALUCÍA 64 PAM ESPECIAL YESO 68 PAM FLEX 88 PAM FLEX RAPID 90 PAM PLUS 86 PAM PORCEL COMPACT 92 PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT 94 PASTA ADHESIVA 100 PROPAM ACEL 208 PROPAM AISTERM 242 PROPAM BLOCK 314 PROPAM CEM RAPID 308 PROPAM DESMOL 320 PROPAM DUR 210 PROPAM EMULSIÓN 102 PROPAM FINO 204 PROPAM FIX 214 PROPAM GLAS 304 PROPAM GROUT 312 PROPAM IMPE 250 PROPAM IMPE FLEX 252

PROPAM MUROS PROPAM PRONTO PROPAM REFRACTARIO PROPAM RENOVACIÓN PROPAM REPAR 5 PROPAM REPAR 40 PROPAM REVOC PROPAM SEC PROPAM TAPAVIAS PROPAM TERM 50 REVAT BASE REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL ESTUCO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL REVAT FILM REVAT FORMA REVAT MINERAL REVAT PIEDRA REVAT PLAS REVAT PROTEC REVAT RASPADO REVAT SUPRA SUPER PAM VAT VAT CAPA GRUESA VAT EXTRA VAT FLEXIBLE VAT FLUID VAT PORCELÁNICO VAT PORCELMAX VAT RÁPIDO VAT SUPER VAT TAC

246 310 306 206 296 298 202 248 254 244 188 190 194 196 192 198 184 186 178 200 212 180 182 66 62 70 74 84 82 78 80 76 72 98

INDEX BY PRODUCT GROUPS TILE FIXING: ADHESIVES Conventional: VAT 62 PAM ANDALUCÍA 64 SUPER PAM 66 PAM ESPECIAL YESO 68 VAT CAPA GRUESA 70 High performance: VAT SUPER 72 VAT EXTRA 74 VAT RÁPIDO 76 VAT PORCELÁNICO 78 VAT PORCELMAX 80 VAT FLUID 82 VAT FLEXIBLE 84 High workability and performance: PAM PLUS 86 PAM FLEX 88 PAM FLEX RAPID 90 15 kg dust-free ecological series: PAM PORCEL COMPACT 92 PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT 94 Special applications: CONCENTRADO 96 VAT TAC 98 PASTA ADHESIVA 100 PROPAM EMULSIÓN 102 TILE FIXING: JOINTS BORADA PORCELÁNICA BORADA UNIVERSAL BORADA PLUS BORADA EPOXI BORALASTIC

124 126 128 130 134

FAÇADE AND INDOOR RENDERS REVAT PIEDRA 178 REVAT RASPADO 180 REVAT SUPRA 182 REVAT FORMA 184 REVAT MINERAL 186 REVAT BASE 188 REVAT CAL BASE 190 REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL 192

REVAT CAL ESTUCO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT FILM REVAT PLAS PROPAM REVOC PROPAM FINO PROPAM RENOVACIÓN PROPAM ACEL PROPAM DUR REVAT PROTEC PROPAM FIX

194 196 198 200 202 204 206 208 210 212 214

TREATMENT FOR DAMP AND THERMAL INSULATION PROPAM AISTERM 242 PROPAM TERM 50 244 PROPAM MUROS 246 PROPAM SEC 248 PROPAM IMPE 250 PROPAM IMPE FLEX 252 PROPAM TAPAVÍAS 254 FLOOR LEVELLING NIVELANTE 5 BETOLEVEL 15 BETOLEVEL 30

270 272 274

REPAIRING CONCRETE, ANCHORS AND ASSEMBLIES PROPAM REPAR 5 296 PROPAM REPAR 40 298 BETOPOX 93 300 BETOPRIM EPOXI 302 PROPAM GLAS 304 PROPAM REFRACTARIO 306 PROPAM CEM RAPID 308 PROPAM PRONTO 310 PROPAM GROUT 312 PROPAM BLOCK 314 M7,5 SILÍCEO 316 AUXILIARY PRODUCTS DESINCRUSTANTE DE CEMENTO 318 GRES-LIMP 319 PROPAM DESMOL 320

GETTING STARTED Propamsa, S.A. More than 80 years of experience and technology Experience and technology

Since 1932, when we started, we have pioneered the launch of PAM, the marketâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s first tile cement.

R+D+i

Since then, both the products and the market have evolved continually, and Propamsa has regularly made large investments in R+D+i, to enhance its leading position with continuous improvement. Research has always focused on searching for new product properties and new construction systems. Also, investments in new industrial facilities have enabled us to equip our factories with new technologies.

Quality

The tag-line, with the Propamsa warranty, refers to our commitment to the quality of our products and services, and the enforcement of European Standards. All endorsed by our ISO certification 9001:2000.

TAS (Technical Assistance Service)

Propamsa, S.A. has an extensive technical team which offers clients its wide experience in using the products to fix ceramic coatings, in one coat mortars for rendering faรงades and special mortars; as well as the construction solutions to adopt in each case. So as to provide clients with useful information on how to use our products correctly, we provide them with an information hotline so that they can make standard enquiries and solve situations in a personalised way.

Environmentally friendly

Our activity, the products we develop and our industrial facilities, are all focused on being environmentally friendly. An example of this is the creation of a new range of products called PAM COMPACT, which are lightweight and dust-free. As a smaller amount of the same product is needed, transport costs are reduced and less applicator effort is required. This is our commitment.

+34 936 806 043

Standing by our clients

The strategic location of our factories and facilities enables us to operate near our clients, and to offer an expedient supply service. But we do not just stand by our clients in the physical sense, as our commitment to providing a personalised service shows, ranging from telephone and truck loading services, and our technical assistance and technical sales services.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

Renders for faรงades and indoors

Moisture treatments and thermal insulation

Floor levelling

Repairing concrete, anchorages and assemblies

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Fixing ceramics: Adhesives CERAMIC ADHESIVES AND COATINGS

1. Evolution of the fixing materials

2. European Standard for adhesives: EN 12004

3. Classification of adhesives according to standard EN 12004

4. Adhesives and the Código Técnico de la Edificación (CTE)

5. Ceramic tiles: definition, types and classification

6. Choice of adhesives

a. Indoor pavements

b. Indoor renders

c. Outdoor pavements

d. Outdoor renders

7. Concepts to ensure good fixing techniques

a. Fixing systems

b. Floating and Floating and buttering

c. Adherence

d. Characteristics of the support

e. Special supports

f. Application of adhesives according to tile size

SOLUTIONS FOR FIXING CERAMIC TILES

Fixing large size ceramics on pavements

Fixing ceramics on outdoor patios

Fixing ceramics on large size bricks

Fixing ceramics on fresh mortar

Fixing tiles on plaster and/or plaster of Paris prefabricates

Fixing façade ceramics

Fixing ceramics on uneven supports

Fixing ceramic tiles in swimming pools

Fixing ceramics on plasterboard supports

Fixing tiles on floor with underfloor heating

Fixing porcelain stoneware

Fixing natural or artificial stone on façades

Fixing new wall tiling on top of old

Fixing new ceramic pavement on top of old

PRODUCTS

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives Ceramic adhesives and coatings 1. Evolution of the fixing materials The traditional fixing techniques using fixing materials like sand , cement and lime mortar, such as the “Valentian ” or “laid-out” arrangements have obtained good results while maintaining the compatibility between the typical very absorbent, small wall tile, and the stability of the support on which it is laid.

case, reduced implementation times and the guaranteed reliability of the most demanding facilities.

2. European Standard for adhesives: EN 12004

The general use of concrete when building is the first cause of breaking away from traditional fixing techniques. The diversification of building supports (most of them prefabricated), the appearance of larger and less absorbent tiles, and the industrialised processing of the mortars used for tiling and flooring, have introduced a new fixing technique that also affects the gripping materials. At present, the use of ceramic coatings has taken over in the traditional fields where it is used, making it possible to satisfy more demanding needs like industrial requirements, large commercial areas, façades, swimming pools, hospital facilities, etc. This new panorama requires quickly developing and adapting cement based adhesives, made up of selected aggregates, water retention additives and powder resins, that can increase mechanical resistance like adhesion and deformability, and provide a very fast installation service. This leads to reliable solutions in each

The constant evolution of the render materials sector, particularly with regard to ceramic tiles, which are increasing larger and with increasing less absorption and porosity properties, has been accompanied by the development and adaptation of fixing materials to meet these needs. Propamsa S.A. has contributed actively, within both Spain and Europe, to develop a new single European classification standard, based on the properties of the various products. Enforcement of standard EN 12004, has been compulsory since 1 April 2004, and its purpose lies in ensuring the durability of the various systems for fixing ceramic coatings. Please find below a summary of this standard:

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

EN 12004 ADHESIVES FOR CERAMIC TILES They are divided into three types, according to their chemical composition: C - Cementitious Adhesives D - Dispersion Adhesives R - Reaction Resin Adhesives Each one is classified according to its different characteristics: [1] Normal adhesive [2] Improved adhesive [F] Fast setting adhesive

[T] Slip resistant adhesive [E] Adhesive with extended open time [S] Deformable adhesive

There are also other adhesives [Ci] not considered in the standard, but which also fulfil the minimum requirements set out in Annex ZA - EN 12004, and their field of application will be limited to only to indoor tile fixing. MAIN CHARACTERISTICS

UNITS

TESTING

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5

≥ 1.0

N/mm2

EN 1348

Tensile adhesion strength after water immersion

≥ 0.5

≥ 1.0

N/mm2

EN 1348

Tensile adhesion strenght after heat ageing

≥ 0.5

≥ 1.0

N/mm2

EN 1348

Tensile adhesion strenght after heat ageing freeze-thaw cycle

≥ 0.5

≥ 1.0

N/mm2

EN 1348

Open time after 20 min

≥ 0.5

N/mm2

EN 1346

Shear adhesion strength

≥ 1.0

N/mm2

EN 1324

Shear adhesion strenght after heat ageing

≥ 1.0

N/mm2

EN 1324

Shear adhesion strenght after water immersion

≥ 0.5

N/mm2

EN 1324

Shear adhesion strenght at elevated temperature

≥ 1.0

N/mm2

EN 1324

Shear adhesion strength

≥ 2.0

N/mm2

EN 12003

Shear adhesion strength after water immersion

≥ 2.0

N/mm2

EN 12003

Shear adhesion strenght after termal shock

≥ 2.0

N/mm2

EN 12003

≥ 0.5

N/mm2

EN 1348

≥ 0.5

N/mm2

EN 1348

T - Reduced slip

≤ 0.5

EN 1308

E - Open time after 30 min

≥ 0.5

N/mm2

EN 1346

S1 - Deformable

≥ 2.5

EN 12002

S2 - Highly deformable

≥ 5.0

EN 12002

ADDITIONAL CHARACTERISTICS

F - Adherence before 6 h Open time after 10 min

This classification is not directly related to the application field, because products classified under the same typology can be very different from one another, and therefore it is necessary to consult the technical records of the various products to check their properties and application fields.

3. Classification of Adhesives according to standard EN 12004 Propamsa S.A. has an extensive range of adhesives, which are classified according to standard EN 12004 as follows: TYPE

PRODUCT

LOCALIZATION

PROPERTIES

LIMITATIONS

CEMENTITIOUS ADHESIVE

PAM ESPECIAL YESO

Indoor renders

On plaster support

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile

VAT

Indoor renders Indoor pavements

Fixing ceramic tile with medium and high absorption (>3%)

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile Plaster supports

VAT CAPA GRUESA

Indoor renders Indoor pavements

Fixing thick layer up to 15 mm

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile

SUPER PAM

Indoor renders Indoor pavements

Fixing ceramic tile with medium and high absorption (>3%)

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile Plaster supports

PAM ANDALUCÍA

Indoor renders Indoor pavements

Fixing ceramic tile with medium and high absorption (>3%)

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile Plaster supports

C1T

VAT SUPER

Indoor renders Indoor and outdoor pavements

Outdoor pavements

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile

C1TE

VAT EXTRA

Indoor renders Indoor and outdoor pavements

Specially for swimming pools. Suitable for plasterboard

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile

C1FTE

VAT RÁPIDO

Indoor renders Indoor and outdoor pavements

Can be walked on after 4 hours. Suitable on terrazzo supports

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile. Enamel stoneware support

C2TE

VAT PORCELANICO

Indoor renders Indoor and outdoor pavements

Specially for low absorption ceramic tile (<3%)

Support with underfloor heating

C1E

VAT PORCELMAX

Indoor renders Indoor and outdoor pavements

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile. Up to 15 mm thickness

Support with underfloor heating

C2FE

VAT FLUID

Indoor and outdoor pavements

Low absorption (<3%) and large size ceramic tile. Floating and buttering not required

Timber supports

C2TES1

VAT FLEXIBLE

Indoor and outdoor renders and pavements

Specially for façades. Suitable for stoneware pavements. Suitable for underfloor heating

Polyester supports

C1TE

PAM PLUS

Indoor renders Indoor and outdoor pavements

Technological quartz adhesive. Outdoor pavements

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile

C2TES1

PAM FLEX

Indoor and outdoor renders and pavements

Zero sliding. Specially for façades. Suitable for underfloor heating

Polyester supports

C2FTES1

PAM FLEX RAPID

Indoor renders Indoor and outdoor pavements

Specially for low absorption ceramic tile (<3%). High performance

Support with underfloor heating

C2TE

PAM PORCEL COMPACT

Indoor renders Indoor and outdoor pavements

Specially for low absorption ceramic tile (<3%). High performance

Support with underfloor heating

C2TES2

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT

Indoor and outdoor renders and pavements

Façades. High performance. Timber supports

Polyester and metallic supports

VAT TAC

Indoor and outdoor pavements

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile. Fixing on fresh mortar

Support with underfloor heating

Indoor renders

Deformable

Low absorption (<3%) ceramic tile

Indoor renders, indoor and outdoor pavements

Chemical resistance

Deformable supports

DISPERSION ADHESIVE

D1E

PASTA ADHESIVA

REACTION RESIN ADHESIVE

R1E

BORADA EPOXI

VAT / PAM / BORADA are registered trade marks. GAMA PAM COMPACT: Lightweight adhesives, dust-free technology.

The CTE is the new ruling framework in building issues in Spain, and compliance has been compulsory since 28 March 2007. The HS Basic Document for Health and Safety (Basic Requirement HS1: protection against damp) sets out the necessary conditions for a rigid, outdoor, discontinuous coating to have an average filtering strength, including the perfect

attachment of said coating to the support on which it is laid. The adhesive plays an essential role in this process, since it is responsible for establishing the adherence between the discontinuous coating and the support. The following table indicates the suitable adhesive according to standard EN 12004, and the adhesives offered by Propamsa S.A. that fulfil these characteristics.

CTE HS-1 HEALTH AND SAFETY. FAÇADES DISCONTINUOUS COATINGS: ADHESIVES Façade condition CTE HS-1

Properties according to CTE HS-1

EN 12004 (EC LABELLING) Adhesives for ceramic tiles

PROPAMSA SOLUTION

Filtering resistance of the outdoor coating

Designating the mortar

Adhesives

The outdoor coating must have at least an average filtering resistance. The following are considered to provide this resistance:

Cementitious Adhesive C2 (F) (T) (E) (S)

The discontinuous, rigid, stuck on coatings with the following characteristics:

C2: Improved cementitious adhesive - Initial tensile adhesion strength ≥ 1 N/mm2 - Adherence after cycles of freezing thawing ≥ 1 N/mm2 - Adherence after immersion in water ≥ 1 N/mm2 - Adherence after heat ageing ≥ 1 N/mm2

• Parts less than 300 mm along the side • Attachment to the support sufficient to guarantee stability • Arrangement on the outside face of the main sheet of a mortar rendering. • Adaptation to the movements of the support.

VAT FLEXIBLE C2TES1 PAM FLEX C2TES1

F: Quick setting adhesive - Adherence ≥ 0.5 N/mm2 after 6 hours T: Reduced sliding adhesive - ≤ 0.5 mm

PAM FLEX RAPID C2FTES1

E: Adhesive with prolonged open time - Adherence ≥ 0.5 N/mm2 after 30 min S: Transverse deformation - S1: ≥ 2.5 mm. y < 5 mm - S2: ≥ 5 mm

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT C2TES2

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

4. Adhesives and the Código Técnico de la Edificación (CTE).

5. Ceramics tiles: definition, types and classification. Definition Ceramic tiles are defined as relatively thin plates generally used for rendering floors and walls. They are made from compositions of clay and other inorganic raw materials, which are ground and/or mixed, moulded and immediately dried and set at a sufficient temperature so that they acquire the necessary properties in a stable manner.

They can be non-enamelled (UGL) or enamelled (GL): • Non-enamelled tiles are fired once. • Enamelled tiles are given a vitrifiable covering between a first and second firing (double firing) or before the single firing (single firing). In the CTE ceramic tiles are subject to the basic requirements of the BASIC SAFE USE DOCUMENT (SU): • SU1 Safety in the event of a fall. - Section No. 1: Floor slipperiness. - Section No. 2: Discontinuous sections in the surfacing.

TYPES OF CERAMIC COATINGS FAMILIES

COMMERCIAL NAME Common name

SURFACING

Water absorption

INDOOR

OUTDOOR

FIRED EARTHENWARE TILE Catalan tile

3 to 22%

2nd DETACHED HOME REHABILITATION RESIDENCE

GUTTERING FOR WALK-ON ROOFING

WALL TILE White and red paste

12 to 17%

GRES EXTRUDIDO Rural stoneware

1 to 6%

KLINKER Klinker

1 to 3%

INDUSTRIAL COLD ROOM

GRES MONOCOCCIÓN Stoneware for pavements

2 to 6%

RESIDENTIAL HOME

GRES PORCELÁNICO Porcelain stoneware

0 to 0.5%

RESID. HOUS. COMMERCIAL PREMISES INDUSTRIAL

COATINGS

INDOOR

KITCHEN BATHROOM PROTECTIVE COVERINGS STAIRS IN DETACHED HOME DETACHED HOME

MINORITY

INDUSTRIAL SWIMMING POOL

INDUSTRIAL COLD ROOM

INDUSTRIAL SWIMMING POOL

COMMERCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRIAL

RESID. HOUS. COMMERCIAL PREMISES INDUSTRIAL

FAÇADES COMMERCIAL PREMISES INDUSTRIAL

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Classification Different families, or groups, are established according to the water absorption capacity and the manufacturing systems. The EN 14411 standard establishes the following classification of ceramic tiles:

According to manufacturing

A. EXTRUDED • Fired clay • Rustic stoneware • Baldosín Catalán

B DRY PRESSED • Wall tile • Porcelain stoneware • Enamel stoneware

According to water absorption

at ≤ 0.5%

very low

PORCELAIN STONEWARE Bla

b from 0.5% to 3%

low

ENAMEL STONEWARE Blb RUSTIC STONEWARE AI

II AVERAGE

a from 3% to 6%

average low

RUSTIC STONEWARE Alla ENAMEL STONEWARE Blla

II AVERAGE

b from 6% to 10%

average high

FIRED CLAY Allb BALDOSIN CATALAN AIIb

III HIGH

> 10%

high

WALL TILE Blll FIRED CLAY Alll BALDOSIN CATALAN Alll

I LOW

6. Choice of adhesives a. Indoor pavements INDOOR PAVEMENTS SUPPORT

ABSORPTION (*) FLOOR TILE

SIZE FLOOR TILE

VAT PAM ANDALUCÍA SUPER PAM VAT CAPA GRUESA PAM PLUS VAT RÁPIDO VAT SUPER

62 64 66 70 86 76 72

more than 40x50

VAT FLUID VAT SUPER (1) PAM PLUS (1) VAT EXTRA (1)

82 72 86 74

less than 40x50

VAT FLUID PAM PORCEL COMPACT VAT PORCELÁNICO

82 92 78

more than 40x50

VAT FLEXIBLE (1) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) PAM FLEX (1) VAT FLUID, VAT PORCELÁNICO (1) PAM PORCEL COMPACT (1)

84/90 88 82/78 92

less than 40x50

VAT FLEXIBLE (2) VAT PORCELÁNICO (2) PAM PORCEL COMPACT (2) VAT FLUID (2) VAT FLEXIBLE (2) PAM FLEX RAPID (2)

84 78 92/82 88/90

more than 40x50

VAT FLEXIBLE (1)(2) PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (2) PAM FLEX (1) (2) VAT FLUID (2) PAM FLEX RAPID (2)

84 94/88 82/90

less than 40x50

VAT EXTRA (2) VAT PORCELMAX (2) VAT PORCELÁNICO (2) VAT FLUID (2) PAM PORCEL COMPACT (2)

74 80 78 82/92

VAT FLEXIBLE (1) (2) PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (2)

84 94

more than 40x50

PAM FLEX (1) (2) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (2) VAT FLUID (2)

88/90 82

less than 30x30

VAT TAC

less than 30x30

VAT TAC (1)

less than 40x50

VAT FLEXIBLE (1) (3) PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (3)

84/94

Cement mortar

Ceramic, terrazzo or natural stone

Concrete

Fresh mortar

Wood

Metal

Low/Average/High

PAM FLEX (1) (3) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (3)

88/90

more than 40x50

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (3) PAM FLEX (1)(3) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (3)

94 88/90

less than 40x50

BORADA EPOXI

130

more than 40x50

BORADA EPOXI

130

Low/Average/High

PAGE

less than 40x50

Average/High

Low

PRODUCT

(1) Floating and buttering. (2) First clean thoroughly with DESINCRUSTANTE DE CEMENTO. (3) Carry out prior impermeabilisation treatment on timber surface. With water repellent supports, this operation is not necessary. (*) The tile’s type of absorption is related to European standard EN 14411: Low: less than 3% (Groups Ia and Ib) Average: between 3 and 10% (Groups IIa and IIb) High: over 10% (Group III)

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

b. Indoor renders INDOOR RENDERS SUPPORT

FLOOR TILE ABSORPTION (*)

FLOOR TILE SIZE

VAT PAM ANDALUCÍA SUPERPAM

62 64 66

more than 30x30

VAT SUPER PAM PLUS VAT EXTRA

72 86 74

VAT PORCELÁNICO PAM PORCEL COMPACT

78 92

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) VAT FLEXIBLE (1) PAM FLEX (1) PAM FLEX RAPID (1)

94 84 88 90

less than 30x30

PAM PLUS PAM ESPECIAL YESO

86 68

more than 30x30

PAM PLUS (1) VAT EXTRA (1)

86 74

less than 30x30

PASTA ADHESIVA

100

less than 40x50

PAM PORCEL COMPACT VAT PORCELÁNICO VAT FLEXIBLE

92 78 84

more than 40x50

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) PAM FLEX (1) PAM FLEX RAPID (1)

94 88 90

PAM PLUS (2) VAT EXTRA (2)

86 74

more than 30x30

VAT EXTRA (1) (2) VAT PORCELÁNICO (1) (2) PAM PORCEL COMPACT (1) (2)

74 78 92

less than 30x30

PASTA ADHESIVA (2)

100

less than 40x50

PAM PORCEL COMPACT (4) VAT PORCELÁNICO (4)

92 78

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (2) VAT FLEXIBLE (1) (2) PAM FLEX (1) (2) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (2)

94 84 88

less than 30x30

VAT CAPA GRUESA

more than 30x30

VAT SUPER (3) PAM PLUS VAT EXTRA (3)

72 86 74

less than 30x30

VAT PORCELMAX

VAT PORCELÁNICO (3) VAT FLEXIBLE (3) PAM PORCEL COMPACT PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT PAM FLEX PAM FLEX RAPID

92 78/84 94 88 -

Cement mortar less than 40x50

Average/High

more than 40x50

Plaster Low/Average/High

less than 30x30 Average/High Plaster/gypsum plaster Plaster/plaster of Paris Low more than 40x50

Average/High

Brick Low

PAGE

less than 30x30 Average/High

Low

PRODUCT

more than 30x30

(1) Floating and buttering. (2) First the PROPAM DUR primer must be applied to harden the surface. (3) First the support must be levelled with mortar M 7.5. (*) The tile’s type of absorption is related to European standard EN 14411: Low: less than 3% (Groups Ia and Ib) Average: between 3 and 10% (Groups IIa and IIb) High: over 10% (Group III)

INDOOR RENDERS SUPPORT

FLOOR TILE ABSORPTION (*)

FLOOR TILE SIZE

Low/Average/High

less than 40x50

80 78 92

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) VAT FLEXIBLE (1) PAM FLEX (1) PAM FLEX RAPID (1)

94 84 88 90

less than 30x30

PASTA ADHESIVA

100

less than 40x50

PAM PORCEL COMPACT (1) VAT PORCELÁNICO (1) VAT EXTRA (1)

92 78 74

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) VAT FLEXIBLE (1) PAM FLEX (1) PAM FLEX RAPID (1)

94 84 88 90

more than 30x30

PAM FLEX COMPACT (1) PAM FLEX (1) PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1)

90 88 94

less than 30x30

PASTA ADHESIVA

100

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) VAT FLEXIBLE (1) PAM FLEX (1) PAM FLEX RAPID (1)

94 84 88 90

more than 40x50

Plasterboard

Average/High more than 40x50

Low

Ceramic tile

Low/Average/High

more than 30x30

(1) Floating and buttering. (2) First clean thoroughly with DESINCRUSTANTE DE CEMENTO. (*) The tile’s type of absorption is related to European standard EN 14411: Low: less than 3% (Groups Ia and Ib) Average: between 3 and 10% (Groups IIa and IIb) High: over 10% (Group III)

PAGE

VAT PORCELMAX VAT PORCELÁNICO PAM PORCEL COMPACT

Concrete

Low/Average/High

PRODUCT

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

c. Outdoor pavements OUTDOOR PAVEMENTS SUPPORT

FLOOR TILE ABSORPTION (*)

FLOOR TILE SIZE

72 86 76 74

more than 40x50

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) VAT FLEXIBLE (1) PAM FLEX (1) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) VAT FLUID VAT PORCELÁNICO (1) PAM PORCEL COMPACT (1)

92 84 88 82 78 90

less than 40x50

PAM PORCEL COMPACT VAT PORCELÁNICO VAT FLUID

90 78 82

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) VAT FLEXIBLE (1) PAM FLEX (1) VAT FLUID PAM FLEX RAPID (1)

92 84 88 82 -

less than 40x50

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (2) VAT FLEXIBLE (2) PAM FLEX (2) VAT FLUID (2) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (2)

92 84 88 82 -

more than 40x50

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (2) VAT FLEXIBLE (1) (2) PAM FLEX (1) (2) VAT FLUID (2) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (2)

92 84 88 82 -

less than 30x30

VAT TAC

more than 30x30

VAT TAC (1)

PAM PORCEL COMPACT (2) VAT PORCELMAX (2) VAT PORCELÁNICO (2) VAT FLUID (2)

90 80 78 82

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (2) VAT FLEXIBLE (1) (2) PAM FLEX (1) (2) VAT FLUID (2) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (2)

92 84 88 82 -

Average/High

Cement mortar

Ceramic, terrazzo or natural stone

Fresh mortar

more than 40x50

Low/Average/High

less than 40x50

Concrete

PAGE

VAT SUPER PAM PLUS VAT RÁPIDO VAT EXTRA

less than 40x50

Low

PRODUCT

Low/Average/High more than 40x50

d. Outdoor renders OUTDOOR RENDERS SUPPORT

ABSORPTION (*) FLOOR TILE

Cement mortar

Low/Average/ High

Brick

Low/Average/ High

Concrete

Low/Average/ High

SIZE FLOOR TILE

less than 30x30 more than 30x30 less than 30x30 more than 30x30 less than 30x30 more than 30x30

PRODUCT

VAT FLEXIBLE

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (4) PAM FLEX (1) (4) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (4)

94 88 90

VAT PORCELMAX (1)(5)

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (3) (4) PAM FLEX (1) (3) (4) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (3) (4)

94 88 90

VAT FLEXIBLE (2)

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (1) (2) (4) PAM FLEX (1) (2) (4) PAM FLEX RAPID (1) (2) (4)

94 88 90

(1) Floating and buttering. (2) First clean thoroughly with hydrochloric acid. (3) First the support must be levelled with mortar M 7.5. (4) Floor tiles measuring over 60x40 cm and/or weighing more than 40 kg/m2 use mechanical anchoring. (5) Skirtings no higher than 2 m (*) The tileâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s type of absorption is related to European standard EN 14411: Low: less than 3% (Groups Ia and Ib) Average: between 3 and 10% (Groups IIa and IIb) High: over 10% (Group II)

PAGE

a. Fixing systems For fixing adhesives (C, D, R) is to be done using the fine layer system. THIN LAYER This is the most developed fixing technique, since it adapts to current day coatings (ceramic tiles, marble, natural and artificial stone) and to the various supports and surfaces. Before fixing, a leveling layer of cement mortar is to be applied to the base support, to correct any unevenness. If this preparation layer is necessary, it is to be applied to both walls and floors.

b. Floating and Floating and buttering Applying the adhesive in a fine layer can be done with floating or Floating and buttering. FLOATING When the coatings are a reduced size (900 cm2) and the technical requirements indicate another technique, a 5 mm layer will be applied with the corresponding notched trowel.

ADVANTAGES • High adhesive adherence. • Specially for low water absorption (< 3%) tiles • With all kinds of supports or surfaces. • Generous time period for adjustments and corrections. The adhesive’s main aim is to obtain a firm, long lasting and secure bond between the tile and the fixing surface. Generally the thin layer is applied with a maximum thickness of 15 mm and minimum thickness of 5 mm, depending on the type of adhesive.

FLOATING AND BUTTERING The large size formats (900 cm) need to form a solid surface to guarantee full contact with the adhesive. Applying a layer of adhesive to the reverse side of the tile will be sufficient. The thickness of the adhesive is to be at least 5 mm, and is to be applied using a notched trowel. This way, the adhesive is transferred fully which makes the reverse of the tile fully solid. In turn, it covers any gaps caused by the natural curvature of large size tiles.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

7. Concepts to ensure good fixing techniques:

c. Adherence The new fields of use for ceramic tiles and the greater requirements no longer guarantee secure attachment if still using sand and cement mortar. Traditional fixing with this type of mortars, normally used very high absorption and small size tiles, and therefore their attachment was acceptable.

The tests are conducted on different levels: initial tensile adhesion strength, ageing through immersion in water, and freeze-thaw cycles and the action of heat. The results, according to the standard, must be over 0.5 N/mm2 or 1 N/mm2 depending on the specific characteristics of each product.

To gain a better understanding of the purpose of adhesives, it is advisable to explain what the phenomenon of adherence actually entails. Literally it could be defined as the resistance to separation on the contact surface of two materials. Therefore, the first condition that an adhesive must fulfil is that it acts as a bond between two bodies.

Initial tensile adhesion strength

Mechanical adhesion

Ageing through the action of heat

Chemical adhesion

The new standard, which comprises both adhesives (EN 12004) and mortars for joints (EN 13888) provides a classification table that is unique throughout Europe. In particular, this standard is intended, inter alia, to ensure the durability of the various fixing systems for ceramic coatings and its compulsory enforcement also includes EC labelling on all these kinds of products.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

d. Characteristics of the support CLEANING: The support is to be cleaned of any remains of dust, moss, oils, paints etc.

STABILITY: It must be stable. If made of brickwork, the ceramic tiles are not to be fixed until 1 month after they are made. If made of concrete blocks, it is necessary to wait 2 months before applying the ceramic coating.

DEGREE OF HUMIDITY: By using a contact hygrometer for example, it is important to control the supports that are sensitive to the action of water and damp (for example those made from plaster), those where it is foreseen that they will be laid with materials that are not compatible with water, and those where contained damp can cause capillary pressures that may affect their continuity.

FLATNESS: Any lack of flatness on the support when measured with a 1m ruler must not exceed 3 mm (NTE-RPE) Otherwise, a levelling layer is to be applied. Also, any projecting grouting joints (burrs) are to be trimmed,and any hollows (joints, depressions) are to be filled.

e. Special supports There are a series of supports which, owing to their characteristics, deserve specific treatment.

Enamelled surfaces from old coatings firmly secured to their support base: remove remains of grease and dirt and use C2 type (pavements), cementitious adhesives, or D1 type dispersion adhesives (renders). Asphaltic compounds: separation layers or barrier primers between the adhesive and the asphalt. Metals: special adhesives directly on this surface.

Plaster, plaster of Paris: avoid weights over 20 kg/m2 and check that the plastering is fully dry. Use compatible adhesives with the plaster. Wood: apply fully water impermeable anti-damp surface primers and flexible adhesives. Glue remains from carpets and parquet floorings: these must be removed because they hinder and/or prevent the cementitious adhesive from adhering to the support.

f. Application of adhesives according to tile size Application of adhesives according to tile size Type of adhesive

Format of the ceramic tile

<100 cm2

≤450 cm2

≤900 cm2

Cementitious adhesives only suitable for indoors

Notched trowel ∪4 Floating

Notched trowel ∪6 Floating

Notched trowel ∪6 Floating and buttering notched trowel ∪9 / ∩10 Floating

Cementitious adhesives (C1, C2)

Notched trowel ∪4 Floating

Notched trowel ∪6 Floating

Notched trowel U6 Floating and buttering notched trowel U9 / ∩10 Floating

Adhesives in dispersion (D1, D2)

Notched trowel ∪6Floating

Notched trowel V6 Floating

Notched trowel ∪6 Floating or notched trowel V6 Floating and buttering

Notched trowel ∪4

Squared teeth 4x4 mm

Notched trowel ∪6

Squared teeth 6x6 mm

Notched trowel ∪9

Squared teeth 9x9 mm

Notched trowel ∩10

Semicircular teeth 10 mm in diameter

Notched trowel V6

Triangular teeth with 6 mm sides

<900 cm2

Notched trowel ∪9 / ∩10 Floating and buttering

23 Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Fixing ceramics: Adhesives

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Solutions for fixing ceramic tiles 1. Fixing large format ceramics on pavements

2. Fixing ceramics on outdoor patios

3. Fixing ceramics on large size bricks

4. Fixing ceramics on fresh mortar

5. Fixing tiles on plaster and/or plaster of Paris prefabricates

6. Fixing faรงade ceramics

7. Fixing ceramics on uneven supports

8. Fixing ceramic tiles in swimming pools

9. Fixing ceramics on plasterboard supports

10. Fixing tiles on floor with underfloor heating

11. Fixing porcelain stoneware

12. Fixing natural or artificial stone on faรงades

13. Fixing new wall tiling on top of old

14. Fixing new ceramic pavement on top of old

Fixing large format ceramic tiles on pavements

For fixing large format ceramics on pavements is increasingly more common. The special characteristics of this type of tile, like its size over 2000 cm2, low water absorption and often having a curvature or warping typical of manufacturing, make it necessary to use the Floating and buttering technique for fixing, which consists of spreading the material with the notched trowel onto the support and then applying a layer of adhesive onto the reverse side of the tile. An alternative technical solution is to use VAT FLUID, that is, a quick hardening adhesive mortar of fluid consistency, which guarantees both optimum adherence and allows fast implementation time before normal transit is allowed, without having to use the Floating and buttering method.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Check that the support is resistant, perfectly set, clean of any dust, paint, oil....

Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm.

Mix with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm), leave to stand for 2 minutes and spread VAT FLUID onto the support using the semicircular notched trowel, without having to use the Floating and buttering method.

Press the tiles so that they form a solid surface, thus avoiding any gaps between the tile and support.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply in wet weather, or at temperatures <5ºC or >30ºC. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with water and hydrochloric acid at 50%. • If there are any significant smoothness defects, levelling can be done up to 10 mm with VAT FLUID, between 3 and 6 hours before fixing the coating.

Check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions. If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the notched trowel. Leave a minimum grouting joint width of 2 mm indoors, and 5 mm outdoors; regrout after 8 hours using the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA.

• Treat the movement joints appropriately, respecting the structural joints, perimetral joints (in spaces over 7 m2) and intermediate spaces (indoors every 40 m2 and outdoors every 10 to 25 m2).

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT FLUID BORADA PORCELÁNICA BORADA UNIVERSAL BORADA PLUS BORADA EPOXI

page 82 page 124 page 126 page 128 page 130

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

APPLICATION

Fixing ceramic tiles on outdoor patios

The ceramic tiles fixed on terraces, roofs and other similar outdoor pavments are exposed to several aggressive environment conditions (temperature changes, rain, freezing weather,...) which can cause them the expand and deform considerably, and therefore they must be fixed following a very exact method. 1

Temperature changes cause the tiles to move and expand, and the fixing material must also be able to withstand these conditions.

â&#x20AC;˘ To fix the tiles correctly, guaranteeing optimum adherence, it is necessary to use a very flexible adhesive mortar VAT FLEXIBLE or PAM FLEX or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT.

PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Check that the support is resistant, perfectly set, clean of any dust, paint, oil...

Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm, and repair any faults by filling the gaps with mortar.

Spread VAT FLEXIBLE or PAM FLEX or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT on to the support with a notched trowel.

APPLICATION 1

Mix with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm).

Correctly plan and implement the movement joints; intermediate joints every 10 to 25 m2, and perimeter joints at least 5 mm wide in the joins between the ceramic pavement and the vertical wall.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or with temperatures of <5ºC or >30ºC. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with water and hydrochloric acid at 50%. • Use the Floating and buttering method if the tile size is larger than 900 cm2.

Leave a minimum grouting joint width of 5 mm and regrout after 24 hours using the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA.

• For quick service and fixing large sized, low absorption tiles, use VAT FLUID / PAM FLEX RAPID.

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT FLEXIBLE PAM FLEX PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT VAT FLUID

page 84 page 88 page 94 page 82

PAM FLEX RAPID BORADA PLUS BORADA UNIVERSAL BORADA EPOXI

page 90 page 128 page 126 page 130

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Solution

Fixing ceramic tiles on large size bricks

Large size partioning systems are a construction solution for making partitions quickly, with a minimum number of joints and obtaining a high level smooth finish. 1

Thanks to the eveness of this type of partition, tiling can be done directly.

The water absorption of large size bricks and the adhesive plaster of Paris base that is used for installation, condition the choice of a suitable adhesive mortar.

To fix the ceramics correctly, it is necessary to use adhesive mortar which guarantees optimum adherence without dropping, VAT SUPER / PAM PLUS.

PREPARING THE SUPPORT Give the surface of the large size brick a good brush or clean with a wet sponge to remove any remains of dust and dirt from the work site.

Apply PROPAM DUR to the support, when the partition is coated excessively in remains of plaster of Paris adhesive.

Spread VAT SUPER onto the support using a notched trowel and check that the adhesive´s open time has not finished.

Fix the parts, applying firm pressure, until the grooves are fully flattened.

Leave a minimum grouting joint width of 2 mm indoors, and 5 mm outdoors; regrout after 24 hours using the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA.

APPLICATION

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Use the Floating and buttering technique (see page 19) when the tile size is over 900 cm2. • When there is a difference in eveness of more than 10 mm use VAT PORCELMAX.

• Use VAT EXTRA / PAM PLUS when the partition has abundant remains of plaster of Paris adhesive on its surface. • To fix low absorption tiles use VAT PORCELÁNICO, VAT FLEXIBLE or PAM FLEX.

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT SUPER PAM PLUS VAT EXTRA VAT PORCELÁNICO VAT PORCELMAX VAT FLEXIBLE

page 72 page 86 page 74 page 78 page 80 page 84

PAM FLEX BORADA PORCELÁNICA BORADA UNIVERSAL BORADA PLUS BORADA EPOXI PROPAM DUR

page 88 page 124 page 126 page 128 page 130 page 210

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Solution

Fixing ceramic tiles on fresh mortar

Thick layer flooring using the traditional method has its risks, due to the evolution of ceramics towards low absorption types. 1

The adherence of the layer of fresh mortar to low absorption tiles is not sufficient, and the tiles can work loose.

The technique of wetting the surfacing after fixing the tiles, does nothing to improve their adherence to the layer of fresh mortar, due to their poor porosity.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

M 7.5 silĂceo mortar is used for the levelling layer and it must be fresh so that VAT TAC can be applied.

The large sizes have warping and curving from manufacturing, which hinders contact with the support.

By scattering, for tiles smaller than 900 cm2. Apply by scattering an even layer of 1 to 2 mm of VAT TAC directly onto the plate of fresh mortar, without any excess or overlooked parts.

Then dampen the product with water before fixing the tiles.

By barbatine, for tiles larger than 900 cm2. MixVAT TAC with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm) and leave to stand for 1 minute, mix again until a smooth paste is formed to be used and spread over the support using a trowel or palette.

Fix the tiles and press them until they form a perfectly solid surface.

Leave a minimum grouting joint (width of 2 mm indoors, and 5 mm outdoors); regrout with the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA when the adhesive mortar has dried completely.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply in wet weather, or with temperatures of <5ºC or >30ºC. • The wind reduces the adhesive´s open time and leads to reduced adherence. • When the tile size is over 900 cm2 or with a rib larger than 3 mm, fix the tiles using the Floating and buttering method (see page 19).

• Treat the movement joints appropriately, respecting the structural joints, perimeter joints (in those places where the surface to be tiled is interrupted by elements such as walls, columns, different levels,...) and intermediate joints (indoors every 40 m2 and outdoors every 10 to 25 m2). • On outdoor floors the inclination angle of the support must be equivalent to or more than 1% to allow water to be removed. • Do not use in conditions where there is a risk of water stagnating.

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT TAC

page 98

BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 126

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

page 124

BORADA PLUS

page 128

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

APPLICATION

Fixing tiles on plaster and/or plaster of Paris prefabricates

In recent years, there has been a significant increase in using plaster and/or plaster of Paris prefabricates (plaster plates and panels, ceramic blocks coated with plaster of Paris) for inner partitioning when building homes; the need to complete the projects in reduced time has meant increasing mechanised building procedures and the use of this type of materials. Due to the nature of this type of supports a series of precautions must be taken when fixing ceramic tiles.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Remove the excess assembly adhesive to fix the prefabricate.

The support must be resistant, and appropriate smooth.

Usingraceways to lay the electrical wiring, heating and water pipes etc., creates dust which falls onto the surface of the prefabricate.

Clean the remains of dust or dirt with a slightly dampened sponge before starting to fix the tiles.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

It is advisable to apply a primer with PROPAM DUR to consolidate the surface. If the plaque is waterproofed, it will not be necessary to carry out this operation.

APPLICATION 1

Spread VAT EXTRA onto the support using a notched trowel and the Floating and buttering technique when the part is more than 900 cm2.

Leave a minimum grouting joint width and regrout after 24 hours using the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• The plaster of Paris paste or adhesive used to install the prefabricate must be dry and hardened before fixing the tiles. • Residual humidity on the support must not exceed 3%. • To fix tiles with 6% water absorption or more, you can use PAM ESPECIAL YESO.

Press the tiles so that they form a solid surface.

• In order to fix 3% water absorption tiles or lower, use VAT PORCELÁNICO, VAT PORCEL COMPACT, VAT FLEXIBLE or PAM FLEX. • For thicknesses over 10 mm, use VAT PORCELMAX.

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT EXTRA

page 74

PAM FLEX

page 88

PAM PLASTER SPECIAL

page 68

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

page 124

VAT PORCELÁNICO

page 78

BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 126

VAT FLEXIBLE PAM PORCEL COMPACT

page 84 page 92

BORADA PLUS BORADA EPOXI

page 128 page 130

Fixing faรงade ceramics

The adhesive used to fix ceramics on faรงades must withstand very demanding conditions: Water, ice and thermal shock,... cause the tiles to expand and contract considerably, and this is transmitted to the adhesive.

Rain

Ice

Thermal shocks

The larger the size of the tile, the smaller the joint arrangement between them and, consequently, if there is any deformation, the ceramic coating wears worse.

Differential movements of the support can cause tension in the tile and the adhesive.

Movement of the support

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Check that the support is strong, perfectly set and clean of any dust, paint, oil....

Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm; if necessary fill in any gaps with mortar.

APPLICATION 1

Mix with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm), leave to stand for 5 minutes and spread PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT / PAM FLEX / VAT FLEXILE / PAM FLEX RAPID onto the support using a notched trowel. Use the Floating and buttering technique when the part is more than 900 cm2.

Leave a minimum grouting joint width of 5 mm between the parts. Do the pointing 24 hours later with BORADA PLUS or BORADA UNIVERSAL.

Wet the support if it is exposed to sunshine and/or if it has to be very absorbent.

Press the tiles so that they form a solid surface, thus avoiding any gaps between the tile and support.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

To withstand these conditions, a water and ice proof adhesive is necessary, with a good adhesion capacity and which is flexible so that it can withstand any mechanical deformation and thermal expansion. The grouting mortar must also be deformable, and able to absorb any tensions that are transmitted to the ceramic coating.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• It is advisable to assemble expansion joints every 30 m2 (small sizes) or every 60 m2 (large sizes), and perimeter joints on cornices, wrought iron raised parts, etc., and respect the building´s structural joints.

Hollow brick or concrete block

Levelling or regulating layer

• For sizes over 2000 cm2 and/or weights over 40 kg/ m2 mechanical anchors must be used. • For maximum height bases not exceeding 2 metres and tile measuring <900 cm2 you can use VAT PORCELMAX. • For applications where quick service is required, used PAM FLEX RAPID. • When fixing natural stone (marble, granite, slate) or artificial stone on façades, use PAM FLEX RAPID.

Sealant Wrought iron part or cement flooring

Separation layer

Sealant

Joint movement

Ceramic tile Adhesive

Generic section of closure and wrought iron part with horizontal joints.

Generic sequence for installing anchor, applying adhesive and fixing 1st row part.

• Consider a good joint arrangement, if they are dark and/or have a high expansion coefficient. • Protect the top edges of the render with metallic sections, guttering, etc., to prevent water entering the fixing layer and the support, which would cause the tile to fall away in freezing temperatures.

REFERENCE MATERIALS

PAM FLEX

page 88

VAT PORCELMAX

page 80

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT

page 94

BORADA PLUS

page 128

VAT FLEXIBLE

page 84

BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 126

PAM FLEX RAPID

page 90

39 Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Fixing ceramics on uneven supports

On many occasions, when the support is uneven, ceramic tiles cannot be fixed in a thin layer, and it is necessary to use other fixing materials called thick layer adhesive mortars, which can provide good adherence when the required fixing thicknesses are about 15 mm. 1

When the support is uneven, it is not advisable to use the “touching” or “spot” fixing technique, because otherwise it limits the adherence of the adhesive mortar, and this may cause the tiles to work loose or fall.

The “false Floating and buttering ” method, which consists in spreading the adhesive mortar over the support and using the “touching” or “spot” fixing technique, produces the same effect as the “touching” fixing method, but also requires an excessive amount of adhesive mortar.

Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; if differences are greater than 5 mm, a thick layer adhesive mortar is to be used as the fixing material.

In order to level the support surface, when working with thicknesses up to 15 mm, while also guaranteeing adequate adherence without any absorption, it is necessary to use VAT PORCELMAX.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Check that the support is well set, strong and stable (its curing period has finished).

Clean the surface of any waste that may hinder the adhesive mortar’s adherence, like dust, paint, oil, etc.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

RECOMMENDED PERIOD FOR SUPPORT CURING ARRANGEMENT Horizontal Vertical

Intermediate layers

SUPPORT

TIME

Concrete floorings

2-6 months

Concrete slabs

2-4 months

Concrete walls

6 months

Block walls

2-3 months

Brickwork

2 months

Load distribution

28 days

Regulating

28 days

Levelling

28 days

APPLICATION 1

Mix with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm) and spread VAT PORCELMAX onto the support using the semicircular notched trowel, preferably with semicircular teeth.

Press the tiles firmly so that the grooves of tile cement are flattened.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply in wet weather, or with temperatures of <5ºC or >30ºC. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with water and hydrochloric acid at 50%. • You can use VAT PORCELMAX on outdoor base plate renders on a brick support, up to a maximum height of 2 m.

For fixing tiles larger than 900 cm2 using the Floating and buttering method (see page 19)

Leave a minimum grouting joint width of 2 mm indoors, and 5 mm outdoors; regrout after 24 hours using the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA.

• Do not apply more than 15 mm thick, or less than 5 mm. • For fixing medium absorption tiles (>3%) indoors, on uneven surfaces, use VAT CAPA GRUESA.

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT PORCELMAX

page 80

BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 126

VAT CAPA GRUESA

page 70

BORADA PLUS

page 128

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

page 124

Fixing ceramic tiles in swimming pools

Due to the demanding conditions of use in a swimming pool the materials used are put to a hard test. The seat of the swimming pool and the pressure and counterpressure of the water subject the tiles to very considerable stress.

Seat

Pressure (full pool)

Counterpressure (pool empty)

The products used for swimming pool maintenance and care can have an aggressive effect on the arrangement joint. To guarantee that the tiles are fixed well, both the adhesive and the grouting material must be able to withstand these chemical attacks, have high adherence and excellent behaviour in water. In some cases it may be necessary for joints that prevent the development of mould. Take into consideration that the swimming pool must, on its own, guarantee watertightness to prevent leaks, and that the ceramic coating is a complement to the waterproofing.

PREPARING THE SUPPORT Make sure that the pool is watertight by filling it beforehand, this way we can make sure that there are no water leaks.

Mix with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm) and spread VAT EXTRA over the support using a notched trowel, using small work areas to prevent a surface film or crust from forming, which could hinder the adherence of the ceramic coating.

Do the joint filling 24 hours later with BORADA PLUS.

APPLICATION

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply in wet weather, or with temperatures of <5ºC or >30ºC. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with water and hydrochloric acid at 50%. • For fixing low absorption tiles larger than 100 cm2, use VAT PORCELÁNICO.

Check the suppot, it must be hard and strong; remove any weak areas from the surface, or cement slurry, DESINCRUSTANTE DE CEMENTO remains, dust, paint, etc.

Fix the tiles ensuring they form a solid surface.

The swimming pool can be filled 21 days after grouting. This time margin is needed to allow the mortars to set correctly and harden.

• In swimming pools with very demanding conditions, it is advisable to use BORALASTIC with BORADA PORCELÁNICA and BORADA UNIVERSAL. • For anti-acid joints and seals use BORADA EPOXI.

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT EXTRA VAT PORCELÁNICO BORADA PLUS

page 74 page 78 page 128

BORADA PORCELÁNICA BORADA UNIVERSAL BORADA EPOXI

page 124 page 126 page 130

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Solution

Fixing ceramic on plasterboard supports

Dry partitioning is a building system made up of rectangular plates with a natural plaster web bound to two surface sheets of board, used in indoor distributions. These plates are assembled on a structure with galvanised steel plated sections. Any vibrations and bending this system may suffer are to be considered when selecting the correct fixing material to ensure it guarantees securing the ceramic tiles firmly.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Make sure that the system is stable by checking the plasterboard panels are firmly attached.

Check that the support is dry and clean. (Brush the surface if necessary).

Spread VAT EXTRA over the support using the notched trowel, and check that the adhesive’s open time has not elapsed.

Leave a minimum grouting joint width of 2 mm and regrout after 24 hours using the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• For fixing large tiles (over 900 cm2) use the Floating and buttering technique (see page 19). • The dispersion adhesives ensure optimum adherence even when the plates move or deform.

Fix the tiles ensuring they form a solid surface.

• In very hot weather conditions, or strong winds, do not wet the support and use small cloths during application.

ADHESIVE

EN 12004

TILE SIZE

TILE ABSORPTION

PASTA ADHESIVA

D1E

Bottom 900 cm2

Top 3%

VAT EXTRA

C1TE

Top 900 cm

VAT PORCELÁNICO

C2TE

Bottom 900 cm2

Bottom 3%

PAM PORCEL COMPACT

C2TE

Bottom 900 cm2

Bottom 3%

VAT FLEXIBLE

C2TES1

Top 900 cm2

Bottom 3%

PAM FLEX

C2TES1

Top 900 cm

Bottom 3%

Top 3%

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT EXTRA

page 74

PASTA ADHESIVA

page 100

VAT PORCELÁNICO

page 78

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

page 124

VAT FLEXIBLE

page 84

BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 126

PAM FLEX PAM PORCEL COMPACT

page 88 page 92

BORADA PLUS

page 128

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

APPLICATION

Fixing tiles on floors Fixing tileswith underfloor heaton floors with ing underfloor heating

An increasing number of homes are fitted with underfloor heating surfacing, due to the advantages it offers, including the considerable energy saving with respect to conventional heating systems. There are two types, water underfloor heating and electric underfloor heating. Underfloor heating with water pipes, is the most common one. The water circulates at a max. temp. of 45ยบC and the surfacing surface temperature is 1822ยบC. Since the definitive thickness of the surfacing is about 95 mm, this system is usually installed in new buildings.

1 Ceramic tiles A

C D E

Perimeter band Insulation panel

Slab Mortar

A - Stoneware (10 mm) B - Tile cement (5 mm) C - Mortar on pipes (40 mm) D - Pipes (20 mm) E - Insulation (20 mm) TOTAL INSTALLATION HEIGHT - 80 mm TOTAL FINISHED FLOOR HEIGHT - 95 mm

1 cm 0.5 cm 3 - 4 cm + 6 cm

Electrical underfloor heating with heating sheet or cable. This system uses electrical energy to heat a stainless steel cable. The definitive thickness of the surfacing is about 6 cm, therefore it is usually used when rehabilitating properties.

Surfacing Tile cement Mortar

Heating cable Anchoring guide

0.3 - 0.4 cm

Insulator Slab

3 22ยบ - 25ยบ 45ยบ EPS

SLAB

When starting the system, the bottom part of the mortar filling (next to the water pipes, approx. temp. 45ยบC) expands more than the top part (approx. surface temp. 22-25ยบC).

This generates shearing stress in the ceramic tiles, which could cause them to work loose.

SLAB

For correct fixing that guarantees adherence, it is necessary to use very flexible and easy to apply adhesive mortars PAM FLEX, VAT FLEXIBLE, with a fluid consistency VAT FLUID, or quick service PAM FLEX RAPID.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

The mortar support must be resistant, completely set and free of any dust.

The tiles must be fixed when the mortar is completely dry and with a degree of humidity no higher than 2.5%.

Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

APPLICATION 1

Mix with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm), spread and apply to the support using a notched trowel.

Leave a minimum grouting joint width of 2 mm and regrout after 24 hours using the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA.

Press the tiles to ensure that they all form a solid surface, so that there are no gaps between the tile and support.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or at temperatures <5ºC or >30ºC. • There must be expansion joints in the door spaces, for surfaces >40 m2 or when the length is more than 2 times the width. • The mortar support must be free of any dust and dirt before fixing the tiles.

4 - 5 cm Mortar

• Tiles must not be fixed until 28 days after pouring the mortar flooring. • It is advisable to switch off the heating 48 hours before fixing the ceramics, and to not switch it back on again until at least 7 days after grouting. • There must be a layer of mortar 4-5 cm thick on the water pipes or heating cable. This mortar is prepared on site with a fluxing agent, although pumped selflevelling mortars can also be used. • Floating and buttering is needed to fix tiles more than 2000 cm2, when using VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX, PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT or PAM FLEX RAPID. • Floating and buttering is not necessary if using VAT FLUID.

REFERENCE MATERIALS

VAT FLUID

page 82

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT

page 94

VAT FLEXIBLE

page 84

BORADA PLUS

page 128

PAM FLEX

page 88

BORADA PORCELÁNICO

page 124

PAM FLEX RAPID

page 90

BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 126

49 Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Fixing porcelain stoneware

Porcelain stoneware is a very low water absorption ceramic tile, which is dry pressed with a wide range of colours and it is fired only once. Thanks to its exception hardness and resistance, it is used on pavements as renders, ranging from conventional bathroom and kitchen coatings to more difficult arrangements on faรงades and high transit pavements. To ensure that it is attached correctly to the support, an adhesive mortar with mixed binding agents has to be used, that is, which as well as cement, also contains resin and provides the appropriate chemical adhesion.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Check that the support is strong, perfectly set and clean of any dust, paint, oil....

Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm.

Wet the support if it is exposed to sunshine and/or if it has to be very absorbent.

Mix with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm), leave to stand for 5 minutes.

Spread VAT PORCELÁNICO or PAM PORCEL COMPACT on to the support using the notched trowel. Use the Floating and buttering technique when the tile is more than 900 cm2 in wall tilings or 2000 cm2 for pavements.

Press the tiles so that they form a solid surface, thus avoiding any gaps between the tile and support.

Leave a minimum grouting joint width of 2 mm indoors, and 5 mm outdoors; regrout after 24 hours using the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply in wet weather, or with temperatures of <5ºC or >30ºC. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with water and hydrochloric acid to 50%. • When fixing tiles on façades, use PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT, PAM FLEX, VAT FLEXIBLE or PAM FLEX RAPID.

• For thicknesses over 1 cm, use VAT PORCELMAX. • For applications where quick service is required, used PAM FLEX RAPID.

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT PORCELÁNICO

page 78

PAM PORCEL COMPACT

page 92

VAT PORCELMAX

page 80

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT

page 94

VAT FLEXIBLE

page 84

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

page 124

PAM FLEX

page 88

BORADA PLUS

page 128

PAM FLEX RAPID

page 90

BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 126

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

APPLICATION

Fixing natural or artificial stone on façades

Thanks to the development of fixing materials and attachment techniques, for several years stone (natural or artificial) has been an attractive option for architects and builders, for use as a decorative, non-supporting render for façades. FIXED FAÇADES The tiles are adhered directly to the support with adhesive mortar and mechanical anchors. With this system, the stress that can be generated in the façade, is taken directly to the tiles, and this can cause them to work loose.

• Using an appropriate anchoring system is essential when working with glued façades, and therefore it is important to use PAM FLEX RAPID as the fixing material, i.e.: an adhesive mortar with high adherence and flexibility, which helps to prevent the tiles from falling.

PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Apply directly to concrete elements, or plaster on brickwork.

When applying the coating to mortar plastering, wait one week for each centimetre thickness of the plastering. It is important that the plastering shrinks fully.

january

Check that the support is strong and stable, and check smoothness with a 2 m ruler to avoid any excessive adhesive mortar thickness.

APPLICATION 1

Set out beforehand to determine the exact position of the slabs.

Apply the Floating and buttering method (see page 19) when the tile is larger than 900 cm2 and/or weighs more than 40 kg/m2.

The arrangement joints between the tiles during fixing must be at least 5 mm. Use BORADA UNIVERSAL or BORADA PLUS.

Spread PAM FLEX RAPID, PAM FLEX or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT on to the support with a notched trowel.

Press the tiles to ensure they all form a solid surface, thus avoiding any gaps between the tile and the support.

Correctly plan and implement the movement joints (width 8 to 10 mm) and seal with polyurethane putties.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Solution

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply in wet weather, or at temperatures <5ºC or >30ºC. • Do not fix the tiles with spots of cement. • You can use VAT PORCELMAX on outdoor base plate renders on a brick support, up to a maximum height of 2 m. • In these cases, do not apply more than 15 mm or less than 5 mm thick. • In specific cases when the render is very heavy or the support is not yet mature, it is important to use PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT, an adhesive mortar with high adherence and very high deformability. • It is advisable to leave a 5 cm gap between the first façade slab and the floor, to prevent water rising via capiliary action, which could damage the coating materials. • Use PAM FLEX RAPID for fixing translucid stone, clear marble and transparent parts, because thanks to their quick drying action, prevent stains and efflorescence.

• Use PROPAM CEM RAPID to attach the anchors to the support.

REFERENCE MATERIALS

PAM FLEX VAT PORCELMAX

page 88 page 80

PROPAM CEM RAPID BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 308 page 126

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT

page 94

BORADA PLUS

page 128

PAM FLEX RAPID

page 90

55 Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Fixing new wall tiling on top of old

Due to the constant development in aesthetics and tile sizes, together with the need to carry out quick and easy wall tile reforms, a series of adhesives have been created that allow fixing a new ceramic coating on top of an old one, without having to remove the old one first. 1

Traditionally when replacing wall tiles, it was necessary to first remove the existing tiles and level the support.

The characteristics of the new tiles, which are low absorbency and very smooth, mean that it is essential to use special fixing materials.

For correct fixing that guarantees adherence, it is necessary to use a very flexible and easy to apply adhesive mortar like PASTA ADHESIVA.

PREPARING THE SUPPORT Check the stability of the existing wall tiles, and remove any that are loose, and level these areas of the support with the mortar.

Open the pore of the tiles on the support with a hydrochloric acid wash at 50% with water, and then wash with plenty of water.

Once the support is dry, spread PASTA ADHESIVA using a notched trowel.

Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure, until the grooves are fully flattened.

Leave a minimum grouting joint width of 2 mm and regrout later, at least 3 days after fixing using the grouting range BORADA® by PROPAMSA.

APPLICATION

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not use PASTA ADHESIVA on pavements, for sizes over 900 cm2, in applications in water, or outdoors. • When the tile size is over 900 cm2 use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX or PAM SUPERFLEX

COMPACT or PAM FLEX RAPID, and fix the tiles using the Floating and buttering method. • For applications where quick service is required, used PAM FLEX RAPID.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PASTA ADHESIVA

page 100

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT

page 94

VAT FLEXIBLE

page 84

BORADA PLUS

page 128

PAM FLEX

page 88

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

page 124

PAM FLEX RAPID

page 90

BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 126

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Solution

For fixing new ceramic pavement on top of old

The social need for change, innovation, together with the wear and deterioration in ceramic pavements due to usage, have led to an increased trend in replacing these with other different formats and trends. 1

Ceramic pavements deteriorates with daily use.

Traditionally it was necessary to remove the old pavements to replace it with another new one.

Before the new fixing, the support must be prepared appropriately, which increases implementation times.

Current designs, with large sizes, leave the factory warped, and this hinders fixing.

These defects can make holes between the fixing material, the part and the support, and in time they can damage the tiles and sometimes, cause them to work loose.

For correct fixing without removing the old support and ensuring quick service, a very adherent, fluid adhesive has to be used like VAT FLUID.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT Clean the support well and open the pore with water and hydrochloric acid at 50%. Clean any remains with plenty of water.

APPLICATION 1

Mix VAT FLUID with the amount of water needed for an even mixture, pour the material and brush with the help of a semi-circular notched trowel.

Leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill with the BORADA® joint mortar range by PROPAMSA.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Any significant unevenness defects can be levelled to 10 mm with VAT FLUID, between 3 and 6 hours before fixing the coating. • For applications where quick service is required, used PAM FLEX RAPID.

Fix the parts, applying firm pressure with a to-and-fro movement, until the grooves are fully flattened.

• Treat the movement joints appropriately, respecting the structural joints, perimeter joints (in spaces over 7 m2) and intermediate spaces (indoors every 40 m2 and outdoors every 10 to 25 m2).

REFERENCE MATERIALS VAT FLUID PAM FLEX RAPID

page 82 page 90

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

page 124

BORADA UNIVERSAL BORADA PLUS

page 126 page 128

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

Products CONVENTIONAL: VAT

PAM ANDALUCÍA

SUPER PAM

PAM ESPECIAL YESO

VAT CAPA GRUESA

HIGH PERFORMANCE: VAT SUPER

VAT EXTRA

VAT RÁPIDO

VAT PORCELÁNICO

VAT PORCELMAX

VAT FLUID

VAT FLEXIBLE

HIGH WORKABILITY AND PERFORMANCE: PAM PLUS

PAM FLEX

PAM FLEX RAPID

ECOLOGICAL SERIES 15 kg AND DUST FREE: PAM PORCEL COMPACT

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS: CONCENTRADO 96 VAT TAC

PASTA ADHESIVA

100

PROPAM EMULSIÓN

102

VAT

TILE CEMENT FOR FIXING CERAMIC TILES AND STONEWARE

DESCRIPTION The VAT tile cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates and organic additives that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004 - Annex ZA Mixing water

26 ± 2 %

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Adjustability time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

20 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic and stoneware tiles, with medium absorption capacity (>3%), on indoor pavements and renders on cement mortar supports. For applications on plaster supports, PAM ESPECIAL YESO is to be used. For applications on outdoor pavements , it is advisable to use VAT SUPER or PAM PLUS. For fixing low absorption ceramic tiles, it is advisable to use VAT PORCELÁNICO or PAM PORCEL COMPACT. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence. Easy to apply. It is not necessary to wet the support. Excellent water retention grade. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6.5 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 6. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of VAT used is 3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. 5 kg polyethylene bags. Colours: grey and white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

SAFETY AND HYGIENE: All the information about conditions of use, storage, transport and removing chemical waste is available on the product Safety Sheet. The product and its packaging must be disposed of according to current legislation and it is the responsibility of the product end user. LEGAL NOTICE: The data contained in this document is based on our experience and technical knowledge, gained during laboratory assays, and our bibliography. We will not be responsible for any product applications not indicated in this file. The dosing and usage amount data are only guidelines, based on our experience, and may alter due to atmospheric or on-site conditions. For correct dosing and usage amounts, it is necessary to conduct a trial or assay “in situ”, for which the client is responsible. If you have any query or require addition information or clarification, please consult our technical department. The valid technical file will always be the latest version uploaded on www.propamsa.es January 2012.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT

PAM

GREY TILE CEMENT FOR FIXING CERAMIC TILES AND STONEWARE

ANDALUCÍA

ONLY SEVILLE FACTORY

DESCRIPTION The PAM ANDALUCÍA adhesive cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates and organic additives that improve its workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004 - Annex ZA Mixing water

24 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Adjustability time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

20 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic and stoneware tiles, with medium absorption capacity (>3%), on indoor pavements and renders on cement mortar supports. For applications on plaster supports, PAM ESPECIAL YESO is to be used. For applications on outdoor pavements, it is advisable to use VAT SUPER or PAM PLUS. For fixing low absorption ceramic tiles, it is advisable to use VAT PORCELÁNICO or PAM PORCEL COMPACT. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence. Easy to apply. It is not necessary to wet the support. Excellent water retention grade. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 6. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PAM ANDALUCÍA used is 3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

PAM ANDALUCÍA

SUPER PAM GREY TILE CEMENT FOR FIXING CERAMIC TILES AND STONEWARE

ONLY BARCELONA FACTORY

DESCRIPTION The SUPER PAM tile cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates and organic additives that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004 - Annex ZA Mixing water

26 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Adjustability time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

20 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic and stoneware tiles, with medium absorption capacity (>3%), on indoor pavements and renders on cement mortar supports. For applications on plaster supports, PAM ESPECIAL YESO is to be used. For applications on outdoor pavements it is advisable to use VAT SUPER or PAM PLUS. For fixing low absorption ceramic tiles, it is advisable to use VAT PORCELÁNICO or PAM PORCEL COMPACT. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence. Easy to apply. It is not necessary to wet the support. Excellent water retention grade. Without slip. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6.5 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 6. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of SUPER PAM used is 3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

SUPER PAM

PAM

FOR FIXING CERAMIC TILES TO PLASTER SUPPORTS

ESPECIAL YESO DESCRIPTION The PAM ESPECIAL YESO tile cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates and organic additives that improve its workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004 - Annex ZA Mixing water

26 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Adjustability time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

20 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing medium absorption tiles (>3%) on indoor renders, on traditional plaster plastering or prefabricated plaster panels. For fixing low absorption ceramic tiles, it is advisable to use VAT PORCELÁNICO or PAM PORCEL COMPACT. On supports that are deformable or not very rigid, apply PASTA ADHESIVA. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. For fixing high and average absorption ceramic tiles to plasterboard supports or plaster plates, use VAT EXTRA. PROPERTIES Great adherence. Easy to apply. It is not necessary to wet the support. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. If it is very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand and apply a 2 mm primer coat with PAM ESPECIAL YESO. Do not apply to plaster supports with more than 4% humidity. Do not apply to dead plaster, or plasters that have received a fine layer of final plastering.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6.5 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 6. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. RECOMMENDATIONS Check the solidity of the final plastering on plaster prefabricates. On ceramic prefabricate supports rendered with plaster of paris and plaster plate, it is advisable to apply PROPAM DUR as a surface hardener. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PAM ESPECIAL YESO used is 3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. 5 kg polyethylene bags. Colour: white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

PAM ESPECIAL YESO

VAT

THICK LAYER TILE CEMENT, WITH MAXIMUM 15 mm THICKNESS

CAPA GRUESA DESCRIPTION The VAT CAPA GRUESA tile cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates and organic additives that give it excellent workability, water retention and adhesion properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004 - Annex ZA Mixing water

24 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Adjustability time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

10 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing tiles and ceramic listello with very pronounced fixing surface, such as dovetail, extruded stoneware, etc. For fixing natural stone and average absorption (>3%) ceramic tiles on uneven pavements, without levelling beforehand, with layers of fixing material up to 15 mm thick. For fixing low absorption ceramic tiles in a thick layer, it is advisable to use VAT PORCELMAX. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence. Easy to apply. It is not necessary to wet the support. Excellent water retention grade. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand.

HOW TO USE 1.Mix the whole bag with approximately 6 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5. Also spread on the reverse side of the tiles that do not have a smooth fixing surface. 6. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 7. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of VAT CAPA GRUESA used is 1.3 kg/m2 per mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT CAPA GRUESA

VAT

TILE CEMENT FOR FIXING CERAMIC TILES AND STONEWARE

SUPER DESCRIPTION The VAT SUPER tile adhesive cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and synthetic resins which, mixed with water, provide excellent workability properties, open time and adherence in various climate conditions. TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C1T

Mixing water

26 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Adjustability time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

Open time

20 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing medium absorption (>3%) ceramic tiles on indoor pavements and renders, and outdoor pavements. For fixing ceramic tiles larger than 900 cm2 (30 x 30), the floating and buttering method must be used. For applications on plaster supports, PAM ESPECIAL YESO is to be used. For fixing low absorption ceramic tiles, it is advisable to use VAT PORCELÁNICO or PAM PORCEL COMPACT. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence. Easy to apply. Without slip. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6.5 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5.Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 6. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of VAT SUPER used is 3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT SUPER

VAT

EXTRA

HIGH PERFORMANCE TILE CEMENT SPECIALLY RECOMMENDED FOR SWIMMING POOLS AND PLASTERBOARD PLATES

DESCRIPTION The VAT EXTRA tile cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and resins that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C1TE

Mixing water

26 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Adjustability time

45 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic tiles, mosaics, marble etc., on indoor and outdoor pavements, and indoor renders on cement mortar supports or plasterboard plates. Specially recommendd for fixing ceramic ceramic tiles in swimming pools. For fixing low absorption ceramic tiles, it is advisable to use VAT PORCELÁNICO or PAM PORCEL COMPACT. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence. Easy to apply. It is not necessary to wet the support. Excellent impermeability. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Do not apply to plaster supports with more than 3% humidity. Do not apply to dead plaster, or plasters that have received a fine layer of final plastering.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6.5 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 6. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. RECOMMENDATIONS • In swimming pools and floors, it is essential that the ceramic tiles form a completely solid surface. • With mosaic or terrazzo supports, open the pore with a hydrochloric acid wash at 50% with water, and then wash with plenty of water. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of VAT EXTRA used is 3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT EXTRA

VAT

QUICK SETTING TILE CEMENT

RÁPIDO DESCRIPTION The VAT RÁPIDO tile cement is formulated on the basis of special cements, selected aggregates, organic additives, resins and setting accelerators which provide great workability and adherence properies, as well as quick service, 3 hours after application.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C1FTE

Mixing water

22 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

45 minutes

Adjustability time

15 minutes

Joint filling

3 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength after 6 hours

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic and stoneware tiles, with >3% absorption capacity, on indoor and outdoor pavements and on indoor renders, on cement mortar supports, when quick service is required when renovating commercial and private premises. Quick repairs in bathrooms, cloakrooms, kitchens, etc. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence capacity. Easy to apply. Can be walked on after 4 hours. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 5.5 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. The mixture obtained must be used within 45 minutes of being mixed, as that is when it starts to set. 5. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 6. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened.

7. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. RECOMMENDATIONS • It is important that all the tiles form a completely solid surface, so as to avoid gaps between the tile and support. • For fixing low absorption or large size (over 900 cm2) tiles, apply the floating and buttering technique: that is, also apply adhesive to the reverse side of the tiles. • With very low absorbency tiles, open the pore with a hydrochloric acid wash at 50% with water, and then wash with plenty of water. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of VAT RÁPIDO used depends on the floating technique: Floating: ~ 3 kg/m2. Floating and buttering: ~ 5 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT RÁPIDO

VAT

PORCELÁNICO

HIGH PERFORMANCE TILE CEMENT FOR FIXING PORCELAIN STONEWARE AND NON ABSORBENT PARTS

DESCRIPTION The VAT PORCELÁNICO tile cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and resins that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C2TE

Mixing water

24 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Adjustability time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 1 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 1 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 1 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 1 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic tiles, stoneware, mosaics, marble, with or without absorption capacity, on indoor and outdoor pavements and indoor renders, on cement mortar supports, concrete or plasterboards plates. Specially recommended for fixing porcelain stoneware. Renewing old pavements. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence capacity. Easy to apply. Zero sliding. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. Do not apply to plaster supports with more than 4% humidity. Do not apply to dead plaster, or plasters that have received a fine layer of final plastering. HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5. For fixing low absorption or large size (over 900 cm2) tiles, apply the floating and buttering method: that is, also apply adhesive to the reverse side of the tiles. 6. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT PORCELÁNICO

VAT

PORCELMAX

TILE CEMENT FOR FIXING NON ABSORBENT PARTS IN A THICK LAYER

DESCRIPTION The VAT PORCELMAX tile cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and resins that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C1E

Mixing water

24 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Tile adjustment time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic tiles, stoneware, marble, with or without absorption capacity, on indoor and outdoor pavements, on cement mortar supports or concrete and on indoor renders such as brick, without first levelling to 15 mm thick. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence capacity. Easy to apply. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5. For fixing low absorption or large size (over 900 cm2) tiles, apply the floating and buttering method: that is, also apply adhesive to the reverse side of the tiles. 6. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 7. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. • Wind reduces the tile cement open time and leads to reduced adherence. • When fixing, it is important to press the tiles to make sure that they all form a solid surface, and to avoid any gaps between tile and support. • Do not apply more than 15 mm or less than 5 mm thick. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of VAT PORCELMAX used is 1.3 kg/m2 per mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT PORCELMAX

VAT

FLUID

QUICK SETTING FLUID TILE CEMENT

DESCRIPTION The VAT FLUID tile cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and resins that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C2FE

Mixing water

20 ± 1 %

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Tile adjustment time

15 minutes

Joint filling

4 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 1 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 1 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 1 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 1 N/mm2 Adherence after 6 hours.

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic tiles, stoneware, marble, with or without absorption capacity, on indoor and outdoor pavements, on cement mortar supports, concrete and existing ceramic pavements. Specially recommended for fixing large size tiles (>30 x 30 cm). Indicated for applying on large surfaces and pavements with intense transit. Applicable on pavements with underfloor heating. When fixing tiles on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. PROPERTIES Great adherence capacity. Fluid consistency. Quick hardening: service to normal transit within approximately 3 hours. Floating and buttering not required at all. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. Any significant unevenness defects can be levelled to 10 mm with VAT FLUID, between 3 and 6 hours before applying the coating.

7. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 8. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. • Wind reduces the tile cement open time and leads to reduced adherence. • On large pavement surfaces treat joints correctly so as to prevent expansion or shrinkage problems. Temperature

5°C to 10°C

20ºC

30°C to 40°C

Setting time

7 hours

4 hours

1 hour 15 minutes

PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of VAT FLUID used is 1.5 kg/m2 per mm thickness. In practice, this is usually about 5 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 5 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 2 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Pour the paste over the support and apply a first primer using the flat part of the trowel. 5. Then pour more paste and comb with a semicircular notched trowel. 6. Check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the notched trowel.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT FLUID

VAT

SPECIAL DEFORMABLE TILE CEMENT FOR ATTACHMENT TO FAÇADES

FLEXIBLE DESCRIPTION The VAT FLEXIBLE tile cement is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and resins that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C2TES1

Mixing water

24 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Tile adjustment time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A2 s2 d0

Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 1 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 1 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 1 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 1 N/mm2 Deformability

≥ 2.5 mm

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic tiles, stoneware, marble, with or without absorption capacity, indoors and outdoors, on cement mortar supports, concrete or plasterboard plates. Pavements with intense transit. Façade coating. Thanks to its flexibility it can withstand thermal shocks and the small differential movements made by the support. Applying to old stoneware pavements. For fixing pavements on radial heating facilities or cooling systems. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Do not apply to plaster supports with more than 3% humidity. Do not apply to dead plaster, or plasters that have received a fine layer of final plastering. HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, recomb using a trowel. 5. For fixing low absorption or large size (over 900 cm2) tiles, and façade fixings, apply the floating and buttering method: that is, also apply adhesive to the reverse side of the tiles. 6. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 7. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. • Wind reduces the tile cement open time and leads to reduced adherence. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with water and hydrochloric acid at 50%. • When fixing, it is important to press the tiles to make sure that they all form a solid surface, and to avoid any gaps between tile and support. • For applications where quick service is required, used PAM FLEX RAPID. FAÇADES • It is advisable to assemble expansion joints every 30 m2 (small sizes) or every 60 m2 (large sizes), and perimeter joints on cornices, wrought iron raised parts, etc., and respect the building´s structural joints. • Protect the top edges of the render with metal sections, guttering, etc., to prevent water entering the fixing layer and the support, which would cause the tile to fall away in freezing temperatures. • Do not apply tiles with a high expansion coefficient or which are a very dark colour, without first considering the correct joint layout. • For sizes over 50 x 40 cm or weights over 40 kg/m2, mechanical anchors must be used. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of VAT FLEXIBLE used depends on the floating technique: Floating: ~ 3 kg/m2. Floating and buttering: ~ 5 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT FLEXIBLE

PAM

TECHNOLOGICAL QUARTZ ADHESIVE FOR FIXING CERAMIC TILES AND STONEWARE

PLUS DESCRIPTION The technological quartz adhesive PAM PLUS is developed on the basis of specific additives that provide excellent workability, high thixotrophy, zero sliding and optimum adherence properties between the support and the ceramic tile. TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C1TE

Mixing water

32 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Tile adjustment time

30 minutes

Maximum application thickness

15 mm

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 1 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.7 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 0.7 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 0.7 N/mm2 Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic and stoneware tiles, with medium absorption capacity (>3%), on indoor pavements and renders, and outdoor pavements on cement mortar or traditional plaster supports. When fixing on façades, use VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. For fixing low absorption ceramic tiles, it is advisable to use VAT PORCELÁNICO or PAM PORCEL COMPACT. PROPERTIES Optimum adherence capacity. High thixotrophy. Zero sliding. High open time. Easy to apply. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. Do not apply to plaster supports with more than 3% humidity. Do not apply to dead plaster, or plasters that have received a fine layer of final plastering.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. • Wind reduces the tile cement open time and leads to reduced adherence. • When fixing, it is important to press the tiles to make sure that they all form a solid surface, and to avoid any gaps between tile and support. • Apply floating and buttering method to tiles over 900 x 2 cm. • Treat joints correctly, but not until at least 24 hours after application. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PAM PLUS used is 3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: White. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 8 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, re-comb with the help of the trowel. 5. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 6. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

PAM PLUS

PAM

HIGH PERFORMANCE, DEFORMABLE TECHNOLOGICAL QUARTZ ADHESIVE

FLEX DESCRIPTION The technological quartz adhesive PAM FLEX is developed on the basis of specific additives that provide excellent workability, high thixotrophy, zero sliding and optimum adherence properties between the support and ceramic tile. TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C2TES1

Mixing water

32 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Tile adjustment time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A2 s2 d0

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 2.0 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 1.0 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 2.0 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 1.0 N/mm2

Deformability

≥ 2.5 mm

Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic tiles, stoneware, marble, with or without absorption capacity, indoors and outdoors, on cement mortar supports, concrete or plasterboard plates. Pavements with intense transit. It provides great adherence, and high compression and shearing strength, to withstand the loads and stress causing by the circulation of intense traffic. Façade coating. Applying on top of old stoneware pavements. For fixing pavements on underfloor heating facilities or cooling systems. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. Do not apply to plaster supports with more than 3% humidity. Do not apply to dead plaster, or plasters that have received a fine layer of final plastering. HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 8 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, recomb with the help of the trowel. 5. Spread over the support using the notched trowel. For fixing large size (over 900 cm2) tiles, and façade fixings, apply the floating and buttering technique: that is, also apply adhesive to the reverse side of the tiles. 6. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened.

7. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. • Wind reduces the tile cement open time and leads to reduced adherence. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with hydrochloric acid or diluted acid (50%). • When fixing, it is important to press the tiles to make sure that they all form a solid surface, and to avoid any gaps between tile and support. FAÇADES • It is advisable to assemble expansion joints every 30 m2 (small sizes) or every 60 m2 (large sizes), and perimeter joints on cornices, wrought iron raised parts, etc., and respect the building´s structural joints. • Protect the top edges of the render with metal sections, guttering, etc., to prevent water entering the fixing layer and the support, which would cause the tile to fall away in freezing temperatures. • Do not apply tiles with a high expansion coefficient or which are a very dark colour, without first considering the correct joint layout. • For sizes over 50 x 40 cm or weights over 40 kg/m2, mechanical anchors must be used. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PAM FLEX used depends on the floating technique: Floating method: ~ 3 kg/m2. Floating and buttering method: ~ 5 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: White STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

PAM FLEX

PAM

FLEX RAPID

HIGH PERFORMANCE, DEFORMABLE, QUICK SETTING ADHESIVE RECOMMENDED FOR FIXING MARBLE AND NATURAL STONE, WITHOUT EFFLORESCENCE

DESCRIPTION The high performance quartz adhesive PAM FLEX RAPID is developed on the basis of specific additives that provide excellent workability, high thixotrophy, zero sliding and optimum adherence properties, as well as a quick service time.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C2FTES1

Mixing water

46 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

45 minutes

Tile adjustment time

30 minutes

Joint filling

4-6 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A2 s2 d0

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength after 6 hours

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Initial tensile adhesion strength after 28 days

≥ 1.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 1 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 1.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 1 N/mm2

Deformability

≥ 2.5 mm

Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

APPLICATIONS For fixing marble, granite, natural and artificial stone, indoors and outdoors, on cement mortar supports and concrete. For fixing ceramic tiles and porcelain stoneware, indoors and outdoors, on cement mortar supports, concrete, plaster or plasterboard plates. Pavements with intense transit, where quick service is required. Applying on top of old stoneware renders and pavements. For fixing pavements on underfloor heating facilities or cooling systems. PROPERTIES Avoids stains and efflorescence. Quick hardening. Service within 4 hours. Zero sliding. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. Do not apply to plaster supports with more than 3% humidity. Do not apply to dead plaster, or plasters that have received a fine layer of final plastering. HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 2 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, recomb with the help of the trowel. 5. Spread over the support using the notched trowel. For fixing low absorption or large size (over 900 cm2) tiles, and façade fixings, apply the floating and buttering technique: that is, also apply adhesive to the reverse side of the tiles. 6. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened.

7. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. • Wind reduces the tile cement open time and leads to reduced adherence. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with hydrochloric acid or diluted acid (50%). • When fixing, it is important to press the tiles to make sure that they all form a solid surface, and to avoid any gaps between tile and support. • Do not apply to PVC, timber, paint, metal supports, or supports that are subject to strong movements. FAÇADES • Assemble expansion joints every 30 m2 (large sizes) or every 60 m2 (small sizes), and perimeter joints on cornices, wrought iron raised parts, etc., and respect the building´s structural joints. • Protect the top edges of the render with metal sections, guttering, etc., to prevent water entering the fixing layer and the support, which would cause the tile to fall away in freezing temperatures. • Do not apply tiles with a high expansion coefficient or which are a very dark colour, without first considering the correct joint layout. • For sizes over 50 x 40 cm or weights over 40 kg/m2, mechanical anchors must be used. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PAM FLEX RAPID used depends on the floating technique: Floating method: ~ 3 kg/m2. Floating and buttering method: ~ 5 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: White STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

PAM FLEX RAPID

PAM

HIGH PERFORMANCE, TECHNOLOGICAL ADHESIVE:

• Lightweight. Reduced handling • Greater performance • Dust free • Excellent workability, without hanging down

PORCEL COMPACT DESCRIPTION The high performance adhesive PAM PORCEL COMPACT is developed on the basis of specific additives that provide excellent performance, deformability, zero sliding, high open time and optimum adherence properties between the support and ceramic tile. PAM PORCEL COMPACT is designed for maximum user comfort: minimum dust during use and reduced 15 kg format for easier handling.

TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C2TE

Mixing water

46 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Tile adjustment time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 1.0 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 1.0 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 1.0 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 1.0 N/mm2 Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic tiles, stoneware, marble, with or without absorption capacity, on indoor and outdoor pavements and indoor renders, on cement mortar supports, concrete or plasterboard plates. Specially recommended for fixing porcelain stoneware. Renewing old pavements When fixing on façades, use PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT.

5. Spread over the support using the notched trowel.For fixing low absorption or large size (over 900 cm2) tiles, apply the floating and buttering technique: that is, also apply adhesive to the reverse side of the tiles. 6. Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened. 7. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA.

PROPERTIES Does not raise dust when handled. Lightweight. High thixotrophy and great workability. Zero sliding. Optimum adherence capacity. Prolonged open time.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. • Wind reduces the tile cement open time and leads to reduced adherence. • Wet the supports in very hot temperatures and strong winds. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with hydrochloric acid or diluted acid (50%). • When fixing, it is important to press the tiles to make sure that they all form a solid surface, and to avoid any gaps between tile and support.

SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. Do not apply to plaster supports with more than 3% humidity. Do not apply to dead plaster, or plasters that have received a fine layer of final plastering. HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 7 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film before the part is fixed, that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, recomb with the help of the trowel.

PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PAM PORCEL COMPACT used depends on the floating technique: Floating method: ~ 2.5 kg/m2. Floating and buttering method: ~ 4 kg/m2. PACKAGING 15 kg bags. Colour: White STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

PAM PORCEL COMPACT

PAM

HIGH PERFORMANCE, TECHNOLOGICAL ADHESIVE:

• Lightweight. Reduced handling • Greater performance • Highly deformable (S2) • Dust free • Excellent workability, without hanging down

SUPERFLEX COMPACT DESCRIPTION The high performance adhesive PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT is developed on the basis of specific additives that provide excellent performance, deformability, zero sliding, high open time and optimum adherence properties between the support and ceramic tile. PAM PORCEL COMPACT is designed for maximum user comfort: minimum dust during use and reduced 15 kg format for easier handling, which provides the same yield at the 25 kg bags. TECHNICAL

DATA

According to EN 12004

C2TES2

Mixing water

56 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Tile adjustment time

30 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass F

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 1.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 1.0 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 1.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 1.0 N/mm2

Deformability

≥ 5 N/mm2

Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

APPLICATIONS For fixing ceramic tiles, stoneware, marble, with or without absorption capacity, indoors and outdoors, on cement mortar supports, concrete or plasterboard plates. Pavements with intense transit. It provides great adherence, and high compression and shearing strength, to withstand the loads and stress causing by the circulation of intense traffic. Façade coating. Applying on top of old stoneware pavements. For fixing pavements on underfloor heating facilities or cooling systems. PROPERTIES Does not raise dust when handled. Lightweight. Highly deformable. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. Do not apply to plaster supports with more than 3% humidity. Do not apply to dead plaster, or plasters that have received a fine layer of final plastering. HOW TO USE 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 8.5 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply preferably with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, recomb with the help of the trowel. 5. Spread over the support using the notched trowel. For fixing low absorption or large size (over 900 cm2) tiles, and façade fixings, apply the floating and buttering technique: that is, also apply adhesive to the reverse side of the tiles. 6.Fix the tiles, applying firm pressure and moving up and down, until the grooves are fully flattened.

7. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. • Wind reduces the tile cement open time and leads to reduced adherence. • Wet the supports in very hot temperatures and strong winds. • With poor absorbency supports, open the pore with hydrochloric acid or diluted acid (50%). • When fixing, it is important to press the tiles to make sure that they all form a solid surface, and to avoid any gaps between tile and support. FAÇADES • Assemble expansion joints every 30 m2 (large sizes) or every 60 m2 (small sizes), and perimeter joints on cornices, wrought iron raised parts, etc., and respect the building´s structural joints. • Protect the top edges of the render with metal sections, guttering, etc., to prevent water entering the fixing layer and the support, which would cause the tile to fall away in freezing temperatures. • Do not apply tiles with a high expansion coefficient or which are a very dark colour, without first considering the correct joint layout. • For sizes over 50 x 40 cm or weights over 40 kg/m2, mechanical anchors must be used. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT used depends on the floating technique: Floating method: ~ 2 kg/m2. Floating and buttering method: ~ 3.5 kg/m2. PACKAGING 15 kg bags. Colour: White. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT

CONCENTRADO SPECIAL CEMENT FOR PREPARING A THICK LAYER WALL TILING MORTAR WITHOUT PRIOR RENDERING

DESCRIPTION The CONCENTRADO special cement is formulated on the basis of Potland cement, selected aggregates and additives that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL

DATA

Results with mixture 1:4 by weight with clean sand

Mixing water

18 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to 35ºC

Pot life

60 minutes

Adjustability time

15 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS The CONCENTRADO cement improves the properties of traditional mortars and their use with very good quality sands, with results similar to those of a conventional tile cement. For fixing ceramic and stoneware tiles, with high absorption capacity (>10%), on indoor pavements and renders, on cement mortar or brickwork supports without the need for prior rendering. PROPERTIES It is not necessary to render or prepare the support. Easy to apply. It is not necessary to wet the ceramic tile. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Do not apply to plaster, paint or non absorbent surfaces.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix one part of CONCENTRADO with four parts by weight of clean sand and add clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. 2. Leave to stand for 5 minutes and mix again to obtain a uniform mixture. 3. Press the ceramic materials on to the support when the tile cement has a plastic consistency. 4. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of CONCENTRADO used is 3.5 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

SAFETY AND HYGIENE: All the information about conditions of use, storage, transport and removing chemical waste is available on the product Safety Sheet. The product and its packaging must be disposed of according to current legislation and it is the responsibility of the product end user. LEGAL NOTICE: The data contained in this document is based on our experience and technical knowledge, gained during laboratory assays, and our bibliography. We will not be responsible for any product applications not indicated in this file. The dosing and usage amount data are only guidelines, based on our experience, and may alter due to atmospheric or on-site conditions. For correct dosing and usage amounts, it is necessary to conduct a trial or assay â&#x20AC;&#x153;in situâ&#x20AC;?, for which the client is responsible. If you have any query or require addition information or clarification, please consult our technical department. The valid technical file will always be the latest version uploaded on www.propamsa.es January 2012.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

CONCENTRADO

VAT

POWDERED ADHESIVE FOR FIXING ON FRESH MORTAR

TAC DESCRIPTION The VAT TAC powdered adhesive is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and resins that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL According to EN 12004

DATA C1

Application data in slip Mixing water

24 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

90 minutes

Adjustability time

15 minutes

Joint filling

24 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Open time

20 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2 Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after freeze-thaw cycles ≥ 0.5 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS Powdered adhesive made of mixed binding agents, for fixing stoneware, marble, porcelain stoneware, with or without absorption, in small or large formats, as a dusting or slip; for use on indoor and outdoor pavements on traditional fresh mortar. PROPERTIES Great adherence capacity. Easy to apply via traditional dusting method. SUPPORT The floor mortar must be wet for the product to be applied. Check the smoothness of the support with a 2 m long ruler; any differences must be less than 5 mm. On outdoor floors, the inclination angle of the support must be equivalent to or more than 1% to allow water to be removed. Do not use where there is a risk of water stagnating. HOW TO USE APPLICATION VIA DUSTING (tiles up to 30 x 30). 1. Apply by dusting an even layer of 1 to 2 mm of VAT TAC directly on to the fresh mortar layer, without any excess or overlooked parts. 2. Wet the product with water before fixing the tiles, as its adhesiveness can only be guaranteed when it is sufficiently moist. The applied layer can be levelled using a trowel. APPLICATION IN PASTE OR SLIP 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 6 litres of clean water until achieving a workable consistency free of lumps. Use a low revolution electric mixer. 2. Leave to stand for about 1 minute. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4. Apply with a notched trowel and check that the adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, recomb with the help of the trowel.

5. For fixing large size (over 900 cm2) tiles, or ones with a rib over 3 mm, apply the floating and buttering technique: that is, also apply adhesive to the reverse side of the tiles. 6. Press the tiles on to the support, moving them from side to side when the slip has a plastic consistency, so as to ensure the tiles form a completely solid surface. 7. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. RECOMMENDATIONS • Apply with temperatures between 5ºC and 35ºC. • Do not apply if there is a risk of freezing temperatures, in direct sunlight, strong wind or rain. • Wind reduces the adhesive´s open time and leads to reduced adherence. • When fixing, it is important to press the tiles to make sure that they all form a solid surface, and to avoid any gaps between tile and support. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of VAT TAC used depends on the floating technique: Dusting: ~ 1.5 kg/m2. Floating method slip: ~ 3 kg/m2. Floating and buttering method slip: ~ 5 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

VAT TAC

PASTA READY TO USE PASTE ADHESIVE

ADHESIVA DESCRIPTION Water-based dispersion adhesive formulated on the basis of acrylic polymers, selected aggregates and special additives.

TECHNICAL

100

DATA

According to EN 12004

D1E

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

2 hours

Adjustability time

45 minutes

Joint filling

3 days

Reaction to fire

Euroclass E

Open time

30 minutes

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 1 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after heat ageing

≥ 1 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS For fixing all kinds of ceramic tiles and mosaics, on indoor wall tiling, on a wide variety of supports (mortar, concrete, plaster, plasterboard plates, etc.), including deformable supports (wood, fiber cement, etc.). For fixing ceramic tiles smaller than 30 x 30 cm on old wall tilings. Do not use on pavements or outdoors. Do not apply under water, or where there is a risk of stagnated water. PROPERTIES Ready for use. Easy to apply. Extraordinary adherence. High flexibility. SUPPORT The support must be free of dust, paint, oil, etc. HOW TO USE 1. It is a ready to use adhesive, and therefore does not need any water added, or any other component. 2. Spread over the support using the notched trowel. 3. Press the ceramic materials on to the support so that as much of their surface as possible is covered with the product. 4. Before fixing, check that the dispersion adhesive has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, recomb with the help of the trowel. 5. It is advisable to leave a minimum 2 mm joint between tiles and then fill the joints, at least 3 days after application, with products from the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. 6. While still fresh, PASTA ADHESIVA can be cleaned with plenty of water.

RECOMMENDATIONS PASTA ADHESIVA is a dispersion adhesive that hardens by its water content evaporating and drying out. This means it takes longer to harden and forms a very strong bond (in certain conditions it can take more than 3 days). Therefore it must not be applied in the following cases: - Applications on floors, use: VAT EXTRA, VAT PORCELÁNICO, VAT FLUID or PAM PORCEL COMPACT. - Applications immersed in water, use: VAT EXTRA, VAT PORCELÁNICO or PAM PORCEL COMPACT. - Applications outdoors, use: VAT FLEXIBLE, PAM FLEX / PAM FLEX RAPID or PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT. - Do not use on tile sizes over 30 x 30 cm. In any other kind of applications or in those cases where it is required that the paste dries more quickly, do not hesitate to contact the Technical Department. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PASTA ADHESIVA used is 3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 1.5 kg and 16.6 kg (i.e.:12 x 1.5 kg) airtight packages. Colour: white mother-of-pearl. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 2 years.

101

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

PASTA ADHESIVA

PROPAM EMULSIÓN ®

RESIN EMULSION THAT IMPROVES THE ADHERENCE, IMPERMEABILITY AND FLEXIBILITY OF TILE CEMENTS AND MORTARS

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM EMULSIÓN product is a very fluid liquid formulated on the basis of dispersion polymers and various organic and inorganic additives, stable in alkali media and, therefore, compatible with hydraulic binders in general, like lime and cement. TECHNICAL

102

DATA

Appearance

Liquid

Bulk density

1.05 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Content id dry solids

39 ± 1%

9.0 - 0.5 cm

Reaction to fire

Non inflammable

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Viscosity

12 ± 2% cPoises

APPLICATIONS PROPAM EMULSIÓN improves the properties of mortars, in terms of adherence, mechanical and chemical adhesion, impermeability and flexibility. • PROPAM EMULSIÓN as primer: Binding fresh mortar to old concrete, or concrete or plaster renderings. • PROPAM EMULSIÓN + M 7.5 SILÍCEO: Abrasion resistant mortar, high adherence repair mortar. • PROPAM EMULSIÓN + CEMENTO COLA VAT: For fixing ceramic tiles on underfloor heating facilities or cooling systems. Ceramic tiles and natural stone outdoors, façades, swimming pools and on concrete supports. On old ceramic, marble, stoneware pavements, etc. On plaster support, anhydrite, plasterboard panels, etc. On timber or plywood supports • PROPAM EMULSIÓN + BORADA RANGE: Ceramic tile grout on pavements with intense transit. Ceramic tile grout subject to light chemical aggression (uric acid, oils, salt water). PROPERTIES Great adherence. Better cohesion and plasticity. Greater mechanical compression strength and particularly flexural strength. Excellent impermeability. High flexibility and therefore less risk of cracking.

SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and free of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. HOW TO USE PROPAM EMULSIÓN must be mixed beforehand with mixing water, to form a uniform mixture before making up the mortar.

PROPAM EMULSION / Water - Primers

1:1

- M 7.5 SILÍCEO

1:4

- VAT

1:3

- BORADA RANGE

1:5

All these proportions depend to a greater extent on the final performance required. Any queries should be addressed to the Technical Department. Before fixing the ceramic tile, check that the tile cement has not formed a superficial film that prevents it from adhering, (particularly in very hot or windy weather conditions). If this is the case, recomb with the help of the trowel. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM EMULSIÓN to be used varies according to the required application. PACKAGING 1.5 and 25 litre plastic drums. Appearance: liquid. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 2 years.

103

Fixing ceramic tiles: Adhesives

PROPAM EMULSION

104

THE JOINTS BETWEEN CERAMIC TILES

106

1. Important characteristics

106

a. Mechanical function

106

b. Aesthetical function

106

2. European Standard for Grouting Mortars: EN 13888

106

3. Classification of grouting mortars: EN 13888

107

4. Choosing grouting mortars

108

5. Movement joints

109

a. Definition

109

b. Types

109

c. Design criteria for movement joints

110

SOLUTIONS FOR FIXING CERAMIC TILES

113

Grouting and cleaning porcelain stoneware tiles

114

Grouting and cleaning antiacid joints

116

Grouting and cleaning cement joints

118

Grouting and cleaning joints in a swimming pool

120

PRODUCTS 123

105

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints The joints between ceramic tiles These are the natural separation between ceramic tiles, and they are known by the name of arrangement joints. They must not be smaller than 1.5 mm indoors, or 5 mm outdoors. 1. Important characteristics • Resistant to water passing inside the coating. • Allow moisture to exit the coating; water vapour permeable. • Prevent water retention in the gaps in the event of freezing conditions. • Capacity to deform without deteriorating or cracking. • Do not deteriorate in contact with acids, grease, oils: watertight. • Very consistent with respect to static loads (heavy machinery, shelving) and dynamic loads (shopping trolleys, mechanical trucks). • Long lasting with respect to friction and abrasion. a. Mechanical function • Absorption of any deformations in the base support, so that they are not transmitted to the coating. • The joints, by separating the tiles, compensate the dimensional variations caused by the heat and/or humidity of the tiles (expansions). • They allow water vapour to diffuse from inside to outside (permeability) and prevent water passing from outside inside (impermeability).

b. Aesthetical function • They highlight the attractiveness of the coating finishes, according to the colour contrast and type of finish. • They correct tile calibre differences.

2. European Standard for grouting mortars: EN 13888 The materials for grouting the joints between ceramic tiles, also called, arrangement joints, now have a European standard EN 13888. This European standard is applicable to all the grouting materials used to fix ceramic tiles on walls and floors, indoors and outdoors. The grouting materials for ceramic tiles are defined mainly according to the chemical nature of the binders, and they are classified into cement based mortars (CG) and reaction resin mortars (RG). Cementitious grout (CG): mixture of hydraulic binders, mineral fillers and organic and inorganic additives, which only has to be mixed with water or liquid addition just before use. Reaction resin grout (RG): mixture of synthetic resins, mineral fillers and organic and inorganic additives, which harden due to chemical reaction. They are available as one or two components. Another way to determine what type of product to choose, is the main and additional characteristics, as detailed in the following table.

106

EN 13888 GROUTING MORTARS FOR CERAMIC TILES. They are divided into two types, according to their chemical composition: CG - Cementitious Grout RG - Reaction Resin Grout For the CG type, they are classified according to their different characteristics:

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS

Abrasion strength Flexotraction in normal conditions Flexural strength after freezing-thawing Compressive in normal conditions Compressive strength after freezing-thawing Shrinkage Water absorption after 30 min Water absorption after 240 min

CG1

CG2

UNITS

TESTING

≤ 2000 ≥ 2.5 ≥ 2.5 ≥ 15 ≥ 15 ≤3 ≤5 ≤ 10

≤ 1000 ≥ 2.5 ≥ 2.5 ≥ 15 ≥ 15 ≤3 ≤2 ≤5

≤ 250 ≥ 30 ≥ 45 ≤ 1.5 ≤ 0.1

mm3 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 mm/m g g

EN 12808-2 EN 12808-3 EN 12808-3 EN 12808-3 EN 12808-3 EN 12808-4 EN 12808-5 EN 12808-5

3. Classification of Grouting Mortars: EN 1388 All ceramic coatings are subject to different types of requirements and stresses, both mechanical and chemical, and therefore it is important to chose the correct material for the tile type in question, the width of the joint and

the usage to which it is going to be exposed.It is important to wait long enough before starting the grouting, to make sure that the adhesive used hardens correctly, and prevents any detriment to the final finish.

GROUTING MORTAR

LOCALIZATION

CG2

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

Indoor and outdoor renders and pavements.

Fine joint up to 4 mm. Moisture resistant.

Pavements with strong abrasion. Non resistant to acid attack.

CG2

BORADA UNIVERSAL

Indoor and outdoor renders and pavements.

Wide joint between 1 and 15 mm. Moisture resistant.

Non resistant to acid attack.

CG2

BOARADA PLUS

Indoor and outdoor renders and pavements.

1 to 15 mm joint. Moisture resistant. Resistant to weak acids. Anti-mould effect. Service within 3 hours.

Not resistant to strong acid attacks.

BORADA EPOXI

Indoor and outdoor renders and pavements.

Joint up to 10 mm. Resistant to chemical agents. Fully watertight.

TYPE

PROPERTIES

LIMITATIONS

107

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

[1] Normal grouting mortar [2] Improved grouting mortar

4. Choosing grouting mortars The presence of joints between ceramic tiles increases the overall tiling adherence and that of the whole adjacent construction system; it also considerably reduces the risk of tiles possibly working loose or coming off, as it can absorb any base support stress and tile deformations.

Advantages • Coloured on mass and light stable. • Free from cracks caused by shrinkage. • Greater adherence capacity. • Greater durability over time. • Easy to clean. • Resistant to chemicals and aggressive cleaning products (only reactive resins): watertight.

GROUTING MORTAR

BASIC CHARACTERISTIC

JOINT WIDTH

COMPOSITION

LOCALIZATION

USE

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

Impermeable

Up to 4 mm

Cement based, colour range

Indoors/Outdoors

Industrial/Residential Pavement/Render

BORADA UNIVERSAL

Impermeable

From 1 to 15 mm

Cement based, colour range

Indoors/Outdoors

Industrial/Residential Pavement/Render

BOARADA PLUS

Impermeable Anti-mould effect

From 1 to 15 mm

Cement based, colour range

Indoors/Outdoors

Industrial/Residential Pavement/Render

BORADA EPOXI

Watertight Antiacid

Up to 10 mm

Reactive resins, colour range

Indoors/Outdoors

Industrial(*)/Residential Pavement/Render

(*) Chemical, food, galvanic, paper, cheese, beer industries, slaughterhouses, processing industries, tanneries, health centres, swimming pools, purifying plants, laboratories, etc.

We apply the following formula to estimate the amount of product used, and express the result in kg/m2. A+B x C x F x 1.8 AxB

A = Tile width (mm) B = Tile length (mm) C = Tile thickness (mm) F = Joint width (mm)

108

5. Movement joints a. Definition. Movement joints are interruptions in wall tilings and pavements, which are intended to absorb or reduce the stress generated in the

ceramic coatings by the differential movements occuring within the system. b. Types. There are three types:

STRUCTURAL

The full length and width of these must be respected, including all the layers making up the coating system. Their size must be detailed accurately in the building project, and they must be defined by the architect or specialist engineer.

PERIMETER JOINTS

The ceramic coating must be separated from the building elements that are arranged to prevent the build up of stress. Perimeter joints reach down to the base support, or at least, to the surface acting as the decoupling layer. Minimum width of 5 mm.

INTERMEDIATE

To divide the whole coating surface into areas so as to absorb the stress produced both in said coating and the base support. They reach down like the perimeter joints. Their width is defined according to the importance of the expected movements.

Tile

Sealant

For fixing material

Fill in material

Arrangement joint Levelling

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

TYPES OF MOVEMENT JOINTS

Width fill in material: 4 times the expected movement Support

Metal reinforcement

109

C. Design criteria for movement joints INDOORS PAVEMENT

Perimeter joints - Where they meet all the construction elements used. - Always necessary for surfaces over 7 m2. - Width between 5 and 10 mm. - They can be filled with expanded polystyrene, or silicone. - They are concealed by the skirting board. The perimeter joints must be correct, that is, free of the remains of site materials, and reach down to the base support, (or waterproofing layer if included), and therefore they must be arranged before applying the levelling layer. Intermediate - Every 40 m2 or lengths over 8 m, and width less than 5 mm. - Every 25 m2 or 5 m lengths on dark pavement with indirect sunlight or placed on underfloor heating.

110

OUTDOORS COATING

Perimeter joints - Where they meet other materials and tile plan alters, particularly in plasterboard type supports, wood, prefabricates,... - When large size tiles are fixed, without arrangement joint. Intermediate - Every 40 m2 or lengths over 8 m, and width less than 5 mm. - Every 25 m2 or 5 m lengths on dark pavement with indirect sunlight or placed on underfloor heating.

PAVEMENT

COATING

Perimeter joints - Where they meet all the construction elements used. - Approximately 10 mm width.

Particularly in tall buildings, horizontal movement joints on the top and bottom lines of slab edges. Vertical movement joints every 3-4 m in a linear direction, forming areas of 9 to 12 m2.

Intermediate - Every 10 to 25 m2. - Minimum width 10 mm.

Also these joints are to be arranged where the plane of the building enclosure changes, or where construction elements are included. Minimum width 10 mm.

111 Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

112

1. Grouting and cleaning porcelain stoneware tiles

114

2. Grouting and cleaning antiacid joints

116

3. Grouting and cleaning cement joints

118

4. Grouting and cleaning joints in a swimming pool

120

113

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

Solutions for fixing Ceramics

Grouting and cleaning porcelain stoneware tiles

At present, the “quality finish” sign is associated with the ceramic pavements and renders made with porcelain stoneware, where factors like suitable joint type and colour selection, and correct regrouting are important. BEVEL

Tile Adhesive mortar Support

The low water absorption and characteristic bevelling of this type of tile, makes it difficult for the grouting material to adhere.

Thickness < 2 mm

Head-to-tail fixing, not advisable on site, reduces the space for housing the joint, and this makes it difficult to penetrate.

To fill the joints easily, ensuring maximum adherence to the tile surface and high mechanical performance and abrasion strength, use BORADA PORCELÁNICA.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

114

The grouting must be done between 24 and 48 hours after fixing the ceramic tiles.

To facilitate the grouting operation, first remoce the remains of adhesive cement from the edges of the joints.

Stain on the tile caused by using the rubber trowel only on the contour of the joint. Original tile colour Grouting material

Once the tiled surface is clean and dry, mix BORADA PORCELÁNICA, using a mechanical mixer. The mixture appears creamy, consistent and smooth.

Apply diagonally to the joints, as this will help fill them completely. In turn, with the same accuracy, remove as much excess material as possible, as this will help subsequent cleaning.

To prevent “shading” forming subsequently around the joint, the grouting mortar has to be applied all over the tile surface.

Wait until the mortar’s surface shine disappears (approximately 15 minutes). To make it easier, rub the surface with a slightly moistened steel wool pad or sponge.

Once the joint is completely hardened, use a damp sponge to remove any surface film (veil). A clean, dry cloth is to be used for the final cleaning.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in direct sunlight, when the surface is hot, or when it is raining. • BORADA PORCELÁNICA can also be applied with a refillable gun. • During cleaning, do not use too much water as that will disperse the pigments and cause efflorescence. • For joint widths over 4 mm, use BORADA UNIVERSAL or BORADA PLUS. • For demanding grouting jobs, also use BORALASTIC with BORADA PORCELÁNICA or BORADA UNIVERSAL.

• Treat the movement joints appropriately, respecting the structural joints, perimeter joints (in spaces over 7 m2) and intermediate spaces (indoors every 40 m2 and outdoors every 10 to 25 m2). • In applications on surfaces with a high micro pore index, apply a tile protection treatment before grouting, to prevent staining the tiles (consult the Technical Department).

REFERENCE MATERIALS BORADA PORCELÁNICA BORADA UNIVERSAL BORADA PLUS BORALASTIC

page 124 page 126 page 128 page 134

115

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

APPLICATION

Grouting and cleaning antiacid joints

Surfaces exposed to contact with chemical products, aggressive cleaning products, acids and solvents, require joints between the tiles that have very special characteristics, particularly watertightness and strength. This way they do not stain and maintain their original appearance.

Solution The suitable product for carrying out this type of grouting is BORADA EPOXI, an epoxydic bicomponent based on selected silica sands, stable pigments and special additives, which hardens by chemical reaction.

116

APPLICATION Check that the open joint is dry and free of cement. Mix the full contents of the two liquid components in a bladed mixer.

With a rubber trowel, spread the grounting mortar diagonally, pressing it to make sure all the joint is grouted, and removing any excess material.

Then add the necessary aggregate until the desired texture for easily filling in the joints, is obtained.

Spray with plenty of water and with a steel wool pad to remove any excess mortar. This operation must be done while the material is still soft.

Go over with a wet sponge to shape the final joint finish. To clean large surfaces, use a rotary machine with hard rubber blades.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Grouting must be done 24 hours after the ceramic tiles are fixed. • The optimum application temperature is 20ºC. When the temperature is very low and the liquids are cold and viscous, immerse the packages in warm water (not boiling) until they return to their fluid state.

• When applying to large surfaces, it is advisable to use a rotary machine with hard rubber blades. • To fix ceramic tiles, spread BORADA EPOXI using a notched trowel, and applying pressure to the tiles to make sure they bond well. • The amount of product to use depends on the thickness and width of the joints, and the size of the ceramic tile.

REFERENCE MATERIALS BORADA EPOXI

page 130

117

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

Grouting and cleaning cement joints

Before starting to fill in the joints between the ceramic tiles, it is advisable to consider the type of surface to be used: • Rustic or extruded stoneware usually has a rough surface which particularly makes cleaning difficult. • Fired-clay or terracotta, like any other coating with a very absorbent surface, requires a prior protection treatment to prevent moisture entering the grouting mortar. • On the other hand, as enamel surfaces are smooth, without pores or roughness, they are easy to clean.

Solution 1

118

Once the surface to be grouted is clean and dry, start mixing the grouting mortar BORADA PORCELÁNICA, BORADA UNIVERSAL or BORADA PLUS using a mechanical mixer. The mixture appears creamy, consistent and smooth.

Apply the mortar diagonally to the joints, as this will help fill them completely. In turn, with the same accuracy, remove as much excess material as possible, as this will help subsequent cleaning.

Once the joint is completely hardened, use a damp sponge to remove any surface film (veil) and use a wet sponge for a uniform, comfortable and definitive cleaning. During cleaning, do not use too much water as that will disperse the pigments and cause efflorescence.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Grouting must be done 24 hours after the ceramic tiles are fixed. • It is advisable to slightly wet the edges of the very porous tile joints. • After applying BORADA UNIVERSAL, the pavements can be walked on after 3 hours.

• BORADA PORCELÁNICA, BORADA UNIVERSAL and BORADA PLUS can be applied with a refillable gun. • The amount of product to use depends on the thickness and width of the joints, and the size of the ceramic tile.

PRODUCT

THICKNESS (mm)

TILE ABSORPTION

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

0-4

Special porcelain stoneware grout

BORADA UNIVERSAL

1-15

Good mechanical and abrasion strength

BORADA PLUS

1-15

Quick hardening and drop effect and anti-mould effect

BORADA EPOXI

0-10

Antiacid seal for joints and For fixing ceramic tiles

REFERENCE MATERIALS BORADA PORCELÁNICA

page 124

BORADA PLUS

page 128

BORADA UNIVERSAL

page 126

BORADA EPOXI

page 130

119

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

Wait until the mortar’s surface shine disappears (approximately 15 minutes); by then it will have started to harden and the surface can be cleaned. To make it easier, rub the surface with a slightly moistened steel wool pad or sponge.

Grouting and cleaning joints in a swimming pool

The aesthetical quality of a swimming pool is conditioned both by the correctly applied ceramic coating and the implementation of the arrangement joints. The visual appearance of the section defined by the joints is going to depend on careful grouting.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Grouting must be done with BORADA PORCELÁNICA, BORADA UNIVERSAL or BORADA PLUS 24/48 hours after fixing the ceramic tiles.

To improve aesthetics and facilitate grouting, first remove any adhesive mortar remains from the edges of the joints.

120

Avoid the adhesive mortar filling in the gap reserved for the joint, because if grouted it could cause a change in the colour tone and affect the joint’s mechanical properties.

Fill in the joints using the hard rubber trowel, spreading the product diagonally and pressing the joints (it can also be applied using a refillable gun).

Wait until the mortar´s surface shine disappears, which is usually within 10 minutes (BORADA PLUS) or 15 minutes (BORADA PORCELÁNICA or BORADA UNIVERSAL). Clean with a slightly moistened sponge and rinse out frequently.

Once hardened, remove any remains by cleaning with a clean, dry cloth (wait at least 8 hours with BORADA UNIVERSAL). Do not use too much water as that will disperse the pigments and cause efflorescence.

The swimming pool can be filled 21 days after grouting has finished.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply in direct sunlight, when the surface is hot, or when it is raining. • Grouting must be done at least 24 hours after the ceramic tiles are fixed. • In swimming pools with very demanding conditions, it is advisable to use BORALASTIC with BORADA PORCELÁNICA and BORADA UNIVERSAL.

• For greater joint durability in thermal swimming pools, use BORADA EPOXI as the grouting material. • The amount of BORADA PORCELÁNICO to use depends on the thickness and width of the joints, and the size of the ceramic material.

MATERIALS NEEDED FOR THE SOLUTION BORADA PORCELÁNICA BORADA UNIVERSAL BORADA PLUS

page 124 page 126 page 128

BORADA EPOXI BORALASTIC

page 130 page 134

121

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

APPLICATION

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

122

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

124

BORADA UNIVERSAL

126

BORADA PLUS

128

BORADA EPOXI

130

BORALASTIC

134

123

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

Products

BORADA ® PORCELÁNICA SPECIAL MORTAR FOR CERAMIC TILE JOINTS UP TO 4 mm

DESCRIPTION BORADA PORCELÁNICA is a special mortar based on cement, aggregates with a selected grain size, resins, organic additives and stable mineral pigments.

TECHNICAL

124

DATA

According to EN 13888

CG2

Mixing water

35 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

45 minutes

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Abrasion strength

≤ 1000 mm3

Flexotraction in normal conditions

≥ 2.5 N/mm2

Flexural strength after freezing-thawing cycles

≥ 2.5 N/mm2

Compressive strength in normal conditions

≥ 15 N/mm2

Compressive strength after freezing-thawing cycles

≥ 15 N/mm2

Shrinkage

≤ 3 mm/m

Water absorption after 30 min

≤2g

Water absorption after 240 min

≤5g

APPLICATIONS Filling joints up to 4 mm wide between ceramic tile parts on any kind of pavement or render, both indoors and outdoors. In ceramic tiles with microporosities check cleanliness or consult the Technical Assistance Service (SAT/TAS). For filling in joints wider than 4 mm use BORADA UNIVERSAL. For joints with anti-mould effect and quick service, use BORADA PLUS. For watertight or antiacid joints, use BORADA EPOXI. PROPERTIES Easy joint filling. Excellent workability. Good mechanical and abrasion strength. Great adherence. Hardening without cracking. Water resistant. Light stable colours. HOW TO USE PREPARING THE JOINT: 1. Make sure that the joints are free of dust, grease, etc. 2. Grouting must be done at least 24 hours after the ceramic tiles are fixed. 3. In applications on surfaces with a high micro pore index, apply a tile protection treatment before grouting, to prevent staining the tiles (consult the Technical Department). PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. In a clean bowl, put 1.75 litres of water per 5 kg bag of BORADA PORCELÁNICA approximately, and mix to obtain a smooth, even mass (not slurry). Do not use hard, dirty or brackish waters, as they may cause efflorescence. 2. Leave to stand for about 2 minutes and then remix the mixture before applying.

3. Do not apply in direct sunlight, when the surface is hot, or when it is raining. 4. Fill in the joints using the hard rubber trowel, spreading the product diagonally and pressing the joints (it can also be applied using a refillable gun). 5. When the mortar surface’s shine disappears, which is usually within 15 minutes, clean with a slightly moistened sponge and rinse out frequently. 6.Once hardened, remove any remains by cleaning the surface with a clean, dry cloth. 7. When cleaning, do not use too much water as that will disperse the pigments and cause signs of carbonatation. PERFORMANCE The amount of BORADA PORCELÁNICA to use depends on the thickness and width of the joints, and the size of the ceramic material. Examples: Ceramic tile (cm)

Depth (mm)

Width (mm)

Amount to use (kg/m2)

5x5

0.6

10 x 10

0.3

15 x 15

0.4

20 x 20

0.4

20 x 30

0.5

30 x 45

0.3

PACKAGING 20 kg bags. In boxes with 4 x 5 kg bags. Colours: Blanco Polar* · Marfil · Crema · Melocotón · Ladrillo · Terracota · Violeta · Beige · Coral · Marrón · Cacao · Chocolate · Plata · Gris · Antracita · Negro. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year in bags and 2 years in 5 kg bags.

125

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

BORADA PORCELÁNICA

BORADA® UNIVERSAL SPECIAL MORTAR FOR 1 TO 15 mm CERAMIC TILE JOINTS

DESCRIPTION BORADA UNIVERSAL is a special mortar based on cement, aggregates with a selected grain size, resins, organic additives and stable mineral pigments.

TECHNICAL

126

DATA

According to EN 13888

CG2

Mixing water

24 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

45 minutes

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Abrasion strength

≤ 1000 mm3

Flexotraction in normal conditions

≥ 2.5 N/mm2

Flexural strength after freezing-thawing cycles

≥ 2.5 N/mm2

Compressive strength in normal conditions

≥ 15 N/mm2

Compressive strength after freezing-thawing cycles

≥ 15 N/mm2

Shrinkage

≤ 3 mm/m

Water absorption after 30 min

≤2g

Water absorption after 240 min

≤5g

APPLICATIONS Filling joints up to 15 mm wide between ceramic tile parts on any kind of pavement or render, both indoors and outdoors. In ceramic tiles with microporosities check cleanliness or consult the Technical Assistance Service (SAT/TAS). For filling in joints less than 1 mm use BORADA PORCELÁNICA. For joints with anti-mould effect and quick service, use BORADA PLUS. For watertight or antiacid joints, use BORADA EPOXI. PROPERTIES Easy joint filling. Excellent workability. Good mechanical and abrasion strength. Great adherence. Hardening without cracking. Water resistant. Light stable colours. HOW TO USE PREPARING THE JOINT: 1. Make sure that the joints are free of dust, grease, etc. 2. Grouting must be done at least 24 hours after the ceramic tiles are fixed. 3. In applications on surfaces with a high micropore index, apply a tile protection treatment before grouting, to prevent staining the tiles (consult the Technical Department). PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. In a clean bowl, put 1.2 litres of water per 5 kg bag of BORADA PORCELÁNICA approximately, mix together to obtain a smooth, even mass (not a slurry). Do not use hard, dirty or brackish waters, as they may cause efflorescence. 2. Leave to stand for about 2 minutes and then remix the mixture before applying.

3. Do not apply in direct sunlight, when the surface is hot, or when it is raining. 4. Fill in the joints using the hard rubber trowel, spreading the product diagonally and pressing the joints (it can also be applied using a refillable gun). 5. When the mortar surface’s shine disappears, which is usually within 15 minutes, clean with a slightly moistened sponge and rinse out frequently. 6.Once hardened, remove any remains by cleaning the surface with a clean, dry cloth. 7. When cleaning, do not use too much water as that will disperse the pigments and cause signs of carbonatation. PERFORMANCE •The amount of BORADA UNIVERSAL to use depends on the thickness and width of the joints, and the size of the ceramic material. Examples: Ceramic tile (cm)

Depth (mm)

Width (mm)

Amount to use (kg/m2)

10 x 10

1.2

20 x 20

0.9

20 x 30

0.8

25 x 25

1.7

33 x 33

0.9

45 x 45

0.3

PACKAGING 25 kg bags. In boxes with 4 x 5 kg bags Colours: Blanco* · Marfil · Crema · Melocotón · Ladrillo · Terracota · Violeta · Beige* · Coral · Marrón* · Cacao · Chocolate* · Plata · Gris* · Antracita* · Negro*. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year in bags and 2 years in 5 kg bags.

127

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

BORADA UNIVERSAL

BORADA SPECIAL MORTAR FOR 1 TO 15 mm CERAMIC TILE JOINTS

PLUS

DESCRIPTION BORADA PLUS is a special mortar based on cement, aggregates with a selected grain size, resins, organic additives and stable mineral pigments.

TECHNICAL

128

DATA

According to EN 13888

CG2

Mixing water

20 ± 1 %

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

20 minutes

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Abrasion strength

≤ 1000 mm3

Flexotraction in normal conditions

≥ 2.5 N/mm2

Flexural strength after freezing-thawing cycles

≥ 2.5 N/mm2

Compressive strength in normal conditions

≥ 15 N/mm2

Compressive strength after freezing-thawing cycles

≥ 15 N/mm2

Shrinkage

≤ 3 mm/m

Water absorption after 30 min

≤2g

Water absorption after 240 min

≤5g

4. Fill in the joints using the hard rubber trowel, spreading the product diagonally and pressing the joints (it can also be applied using a refillable gun). 5. When the mortar surface’s shine disappears, which is usually within 15 minutes, clean with a slightly moistened sponge and rinse out frequently. 6. The final cleaning is to be done once the product is completely hardened (minimum 8 hours). Remove any remains by cleaning with a clean, dry cloth. 7. When cleaning, do not use too much water as that will disperse the pigments and cause signs of carbonatation. 8. Pavement can be walked on after about 3 hours. PERFORMANCE The amount of BORADA PLUS to use depends on the thickness and width of the joints, and the size of the ceramic material. Examples:

HOW TO USE PREPARING THE JOINT: 1. Make sure that the joints are free of dust, grease, etc. 2. Grouting must be done at least 24 hours after the ceramic tiles are fixed. 3. In applications on surfaces with a high micropore index, apply a tile protection treatment before grouting, to prevent staining the tiles (consult the Technical Department). PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. In a clean bowl, put 1 litres of water per 5 kg bag of BORADA PORCELÁNICA approximately, mix together to obtain a smooth, even mass (not a slurry). Do not use hard, dirty or brackish waters, as they may cause efflorescence. 2. Leave to stand for about 2 minutes and then remix the mixture before applying. 3. Do not apply in direct sunlight, when the surface is hot, or when it is raining.

Ceramic tile (cm)

Depth (mm)

Width (mm)

Amount to use (kg/m2)

10 x 10

0.4

20 x 20

0.9

20 x 30

0.8

25 x 25

1.7

33 x 33

0.9

45 x 45

1.1

PACKAGING In boxes with 4 x 5 kg bags. Colours: Blanco · Marfil · Crema · Amarillo · Melocotón · Ladrillo · Terracota · Rojo · Violeta · Océano · Verde · Beige · Coral · Marrón · Cacao · Chocolate · Plata · Gris · Antracita · Negro. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 2 years.

129

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

BORADA PLUS

BORADA EPOXI ®

Epoxy mortar for sealing antiacid joints, up to 20 mm and fixing ceramics.

DESCRIPTION BORADA EPOXI is based on selected silica sands, stable pigments, special additives and epoxy resin, which hardens by chemical reaction without losing volume. TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 13888 and EN 12004

RG and R2T

Appearance part A

Coloured paste

Appearance part B

Liquid

Application temperature

+12ºC to +30ºC

Pot life at 20ºC

45 minutes

Transitable at +20ºC after

14 hours

Reaction to fire

Euroclass E

Abrasion strength

≤ 250 mm3

Flexural strength in normal conditions

≥ 30 N/mm2

Compressive strength in normal conditions

≥ 45 N/mm2

Shrinkage

≥ 1.5 mm/m

Water absorption after 240 min.

≤ 0.1 g

Initial tensile adhesion strength

≥ 2 N/mm2

Tensile adhesion strength after immersion in water ≥ 2 N/mm2

130

Tensile adhesion strength after thermal shock

≥ 2 N/mm2

Slip resistance

≤ 0.5 mm

APPLICATIONS Filling watertight and/or antiacid joints, up to 20 mm wide between ceramic tiles on any type of indoor pavement or render. In ceramic tiles with microporosities check cleanliness or consult the Technical Assistance Service (SAT/TAS). Suitable for industrial pavements and renders in chemical, food, galvanic, paper, cheese, beer businesses, slaughterhouses, processing industries, tanneries, etc. Ideal for health centres (surgeries, kitchens, waiting rooms, etc.), swimming pools (thermal baths, showers, aggressive water tanks, water purifiers, etc.), laboratories (pavement, tables), etc. For fixing ceramic tiles in facilities with high chemical and mechanical resistance and on concrete and metal supports, and epoxy, polyurethane pavement, etc. PROPERTIES Very good applicability and cleaned with water. Excellent adherence to any kind of nondeformable support. High mechanical strength. Optimum chemical resistance: detergents, solvents, acids, etc. Fully watertight. Great anti-ageing and stain resistance. Easier maintenance than cement joints. HOW TO USE Preparing the joint: 1.Clean the joints before applying BORADA EPOXI. It is very important that they are solid, strong and free of damp, dust, grease, etc. 2.Grouting must be done 24 hours after the ceramic tiles are fixed. 3.The optimum application temperature is 20ยบC. Preparing the mixture: 1.The product comes in a packaging containing component A in the form of a coloured paste and component B in a closed can. 2.Empty the full contents of component B on to the paste and mix with an agitator with blades coupled to an electric drill (500 r.p.m. advisable), to obtain an even paste.

Applying the mixture: 1.Using a hard rubber trowel, spread the product diagonally, pressing the joints, until they are completely filled; gradually remove any excess mortar with the same trowel. 2.Clean any remains of BORADA EPOXI immediately, using a damp sponge, preferably soaked in warm water. Rinse the sponge frequently, and change when it is full of resin. 3.Finally, remove any remaining resin fibres with a clean cloth. According to the type of ceramic tile, when finished it may be necessary to clean the tile with alcohol. 4.When applying to large surfaces, it is advisable to use a rotary machine with hard rubber blades. 5.Resistance is obtained after 3 days, according to temperature conditions. Once hardened, it can only be removed mechanically. Fixing ceramics: Spread BORADA EPOXI with a notched trowel, applying pressure to the tiles to make sure they bond well. Due to the consistency of the material, grouting can be done once the ceramic tiles are laid. Cleaning the utensils: Clean immediately after use, with hot water. Once hardened, it can only be removed mechanically. PERFORMANCE The amount of BORADA EPOXI to use depends on the thickness and width of the joints, and the size of the ceramic material. Examples: Ceramic tile (cm)

Depth (mm)

Width (mm)

Amount to use (kg/m2)

2x2

0.9

5x5

1.3

20 x 20

1.0

30 x 30

0.4

30 x 60

0.3

60 x 60

0.5

131

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

BORADA EPOXI

PACKAGING 5 kg cans. Colours: Blanco 路 Gris 路 Negro. STORAGE In its original closed packaging, in a covered area: 2 years.

Both components must be mixed, letting the component drain completely over A. No unspecified component must be added to the mixture. Wait at least 4 days before etching the joints. When fixing ceramic tiles, check the open time when actually fixing down the tiles.

PRECAUTIONS Not to be used for elastic expansion joints. Avoid grouting on damp, dirty or dusty tiles. Special care must be taken when grouting non enamel tiles.

TABLE OF CHEMICAL RESISTANCES

ACID RESISTANCE PRODUCT Acetic acid Hydrochloric acid Chromic acid Citric acid Formic acid Lactic acid Nitric acid Pure oleic acid Phosphoric acid Sulphuric acid Tanic acid Tartaric acid Oxalic acid Ammonia Caustic lye

CONCENTRATION

EXPOSURE

2.5% 5% 10% 37% 20% 10% 2.5% 10% 2.5 5% 10% 25% 50% 50% 75% 1.5% 50% 75-96% 10% 10% 10%

FREQUENT +++ ++ + +++ + ++ ++ + ++ + + ++ + + +++ + +++ +++ + +++ +++ +++

OCCASIONAL +++ +++ + +++ + +++ +++ + +++ +++ + +++ + + +++ ++ +++ +++ + +++ +++ +++

25% 50% 6.4 g/l (active Cl) 162 g/l (active Cl) 5% 10% 50% 10% 10% 25% 5%

+++ +++ ++ + ++ + +++ +++ +++ + +++

+++ +++ +++ + +++ ++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++

Saturated Saturated Saturated Saturated Saturated Saturated Saturated

+++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++

ALKALI AND OXIDANT RESISTANCE

Sodium hypochlorite Potassium permanganate Potassium hydroxide Sodium bisulfite Hydrogen peroxide Mercury chloride

RESISTANCE TO SATURATED SOLUTIONS

Sodium hyposulfite Calcium chloride Iron chloride Sodium chloride Sodium chromate Sugar Aluminium sulphate

132

SOLVENT RESISTANCE CONCENTRATION

Acetone

FREQUENT +++

EXPOSURE

OCCASIONAL +

Ethylene glycol

+++

Glycerine

+++

Methyl ethyl cetone

Perochloroetylene

Carbon tetrachloride

+++

Trichloroetylene

Chloroform

Metylene chloride

Tetrahydrofuran

Toluene

Carbon sulphide

Universal solvent

Benzene

Trichloroethane

Xylene

Ethyl alcohol

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

PRODUCT

RESISTANCE TO OILS AND CARBURANTS Petrol

+++

Diesel fuel

+++

Petroleum

+++

Tar

+++

Mineral oil

+++

Trementine essence

RESISTANCE TO FOOD Wine

Vinegar

Citrus fruit

Ethyl alcohol

+++

Beer

+++

Butter

+++

Coffee

+++

Fresh milk

Olive oil

Tomato

Yoghurt

Sugar

+++

+++ Excellent resistance

++ Good resistance

+ Low resistance

Assays according to EN 12808 -1 in conditions of 23ºC and 55% RH, without ventilation and with the aggressive product at 23ºC. WARNING: This data may vary according to the particular conditions of each project. Applying higher concentrations than those indicated herein, like the mixture of different acids, can cause the joints to wear prematurely and even to discolour.

133

BORALÁSTIC LIQUID ADDITIVE FOR BORADA PORCELÁNICA, BORADA UNIVERSAL AND BORADA PLUS

DESCRIPTION BORALASTIC is a very fluid liquid formulated on the

basis of aqueous polymers dispersions and various organic and inorganic additives.

TECHNICAL DATA

134

Appearance

Liquid

Bulk density

1.05 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Content in dry solids

15 ± 1%

9.0 - 0.5 cm

Reaction to fire

Non-inflammable

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Viscosity

7±2 cPoises

BORALÁSTIC

PROPERTIES Great adherence. Greater cohesion and plasticity. Greater mechanical compression and flexural strength. Excellent impermeability.

PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of BORALASTIC to be used varies according to the amount of BORADA that needs to be applied. PACKAGING 2 litre plastic drums. Appearance: liquid. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 2 years. Protect from freezing conditions during transport and storage.

HOW TO USE It is used instead of mixing water in the following amounts: • BORADA PORCELÁNICA Mix the full contents of the packaging (2 litres) with a 5 kg bag to obtain an even, smooth mass. • BORADA UNIVERSAL Mix 1.5 litres with a 5 kg bag to obtain an even, smooth mass. • BORADA UNIVERSAL Mix 1.5 litres with a 5 kg bag to obtain an even, smooth mass.

135

Fixing ceramic tiles: Joints

APPLICATIONS Improves impermeability, resistance and durability of the special mortars for joints in the BORADA range by PROPAMSA. BORALASTIC is used instead of mixing water. Advisable in cases of high performance like: filling in thinner joints, joint filling in pavements subject to intense traffic, etc. Do not use on expansion joints or joints subject to movement.

ONE COAT MORTARS

137

1. The one coat mortar

138

2. Ruling: EN 998 -1, ETA PLUS and Suitability of Use

139

3. Preparing the base support

139

a. Evenness

139

b. Absorption

140

c. Primer

140

d. Cleanliness

140

4. Choosing render mortars

141

SOLUTIONS FOR APPLYING ONE COAT MORTARS

145

Applying one coat mortars to aerated concrete

146

Applying one coat mortars to thermoclay blocks

148

Applying one coat mortars to smooth surfaces

150

How to obtain a textured render

152

How to rehabilitate an old faรงade with limestone mortars

156

How to repair a faรงade with aesthetical defects

158

Where to lay a fiberglass mesh

160

Creating a one coat renderin cold or damp weather

162

Creating a one coat renderin cold or damp weather

164

Renewing old faรงade coatings (synthetic, rough paintwork, glass plate)

166

Applications in limestone stucco

168

Application of one coat stone finish

170

Application of one coat scraped finish

172

Application of acrylic mortar

174

PRODUCTS 177

137

Renders for faรงades and indoors

One coat mortars 1. The one coat mortar Technological developments in the field of mortars, and the appearance of new hydraulic conglomerating agents, the development of special additives and the possibility of using light loads, has made one coat mortars the perfect material for use as outside renders for faรงades. Traditional mortars finished with paint, due to their simplicity, have been taken over gradually by the growth and implementation of one coat mortars, manufactured industrially and supplied in a ready to use condition. Their easy application, directly on to the enclosure, without previous rendering, means that the faรงade is completed in just one operation.

138

Its manufacturing control and high durability guarantees mean that it is used in both new buildings and rehabilitation works, in very different climate conditions and for various uses: detached or collective homes and non-residential buildings (schools, hospitals, industries, etc.). Once fully hardened, it has a definitive texture and colour, protecting buildings against weather conditions and providing an aesthetical, lasting finish. Impermeability, permeability, durability and aesthetical are the attributes that differentiate this type of construction system for decorating faรงades, while its easy application, quick implementation and economic saving make it increasingly more competitive and accepted.

- Capillarity water absorption. - Water permeability after climatic cycles. - Adhesion after climatic cycles. Since 1 February 2005, EU labelling is compulsory for render mortars. Also, there are “Documentos de Idoneidad”, documents that grant the suitability of use in buildings of certain non conventional or innovative building materials, systems or procedures. Various expert commissions made up of Official Organisms, Research Centres, Professional Colleges, Manufacturer Associations, Associations of Building Firms and Entities associated with Quality Control, take part in granting these documents. They are aimed at contributing to Assessing Product Suitability on the basis of the experience of the experts involved. These documents must be renewed every 5 years, and they are also subject to annual follow-up audits, to check that the product characteristics are maintained. In Spain, there are two Institutes that grant this type of document:

3. Preparing the base support The durability of the one coat mortar also depends on the degree of adherence that it has acquired with respect to the base support or building enclosure. Support and one coat mortar have to establish the best adaptability and compatibility to ensure they anchor perfectly to each other. Hydraulic mortars, like one coat mortars, need the support to be porous so that, during setting, the cement penetrates the pores and creates a large number of anchorage points. The superficial rough texture substantially improves adherence to the support, as it will increase the fiim attachment of the one coat mortar. The knowledge of other factors, like those described below, prevent unforeseen risks and avoidable technical defects. EVENNESS The enclosure should not have any differences greater than 10 mm, due to either excess material or defects. In both cases, it is advisable to level the defects with the one coat mortar itself or to remove any projections and remains of other poorly adhered materials. A good even support avoids differences in the thickness of the one coat mortar, which at any event must not be less than 10 mm.

- Eduardo Torroja Institute. It grants the DIT Plus. - Catalonia Institute of Construction Technology. It grants the DAU. Since 1991, PROPAMSA has been granted the ETA for the Revat Piedra and Revat Raspado, and it was granted the DAU for Revat Supra in 2009. Also, it obtained the Documento de Idoneidad Técnica Europeo (DITE) for the Aisterm system in 2008.

139

Renders for façades and indoors

2. Rulings The applicable ruling for render mortars is EN 998 -1. This ruling differentiates between different types of mortar, including one coat mortars, for which a series of more restrictive properties are specified, with respect to:

ABSORPTION The water absorption capacity of a support has to be checked beforehand, and treated specifically in each case. The surfaces that quickly suck up the water of the one coat mortar, drying it out and dehydrating it, will cause cracks due to the mortar shrinking. If the support is sprinkled with water that is absorbed within 1 minute, it will be necessary to wet the support to saturate the pores and prevent the risk of cracking.

PRIMER Not very absorbent supports, like for example concrete, which are also usually smooth, do not facilitate mechanical anchorage due to the lack of superficial pores, and this leads to false adherences. Consequently, a bonding interphase must be formed between the support and the one coat mortar, using chemical adhesion through contact via the primer base of PROPAM FIX.

140

CLEANING Support cleanliness is important both in new buildings and rehabilitated supports. Usual material remains on site, dust, saltpeter and micro-organisms, prevent correct anchorage for the render, which accelerates its deterioration. Cleaning the surfaces with water is sufficient to remove any dust. Other kinds of mechanical cleaning with pressurised water remove more stubborn remains, saltpeter particles and micro-organisms deposited on the surface. The paint strippers and release agents must also be removed with hydrochloric acid mixed with water, in a proportion of 1:10, brushing vigorously.

4. Choosing render mortars One coat layer mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar One coat mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone mortar Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Limestone stucco Mortar Mortar Mortar Mortar Mortar Mortar

FINISH Stone Stone Stone Stone Scraped Scraped Scraped Scraped Scraped Floated Floated Floated Floated Floated Scraped Scraped Scraped Scraped Floated Floated Floated Floated Fine scraped Fine scraped Fine scraped Fine scraped Fine floating Fine floating Fine floating Fine floating Floated Floated Floated Floated Floated Shiny Shiny Shiny Shiny Shiny Matt Matt Matt Matt Matt Floated Floated Floated Fine floating Fine floating Fine floating

SUPPORT Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support SATE Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support SATE Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Plasterboard Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Plasterboard Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Plasterboard Concrete Brick Concrete block Concrete Brick Concrete block

PRODUCT REVAT PIEDRA REVAT PIEDRA REVAT PIEDRA REVAT PIEDRA REVAT RASPADO/SUPRA/FORMA REVAT RASPADO/SUPRA/FORMA REVAT RASPADO/SUPRA/FORMA REVAT SUPRA REVAT MINERAL REVAT RASPADO/SUPRA/FORMA REVAT RASPADO/SUPRA/FORMA REVAT RASPADO/SUPRA/FORMA REVAT SUPRA REVAT MINERAL REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL REVAT CAL ESTUCO REVAT CAL ESTUCO REVAT CAL ESTUCO REVAT CAL ESTUCO REVAT CAL ESTUCO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL FINO PROPAM REVOC/REVAT BASE PROPAM REVOC/REVAT BASE PROPAM REVOC/REVAT BASE PROPAM FINO PROPAM FINO PROPAM FINO

OBS. 1

9,10 1-2 2 2 2 2,9,10 1

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 4 5 3 6 6 7 3 6 6 7 1

1 4 4

1 - Primer required beforehand with PROPAM FIX. 2 - Finishes floated, or levelled, with coloured one coat mortars run a greater risk of efflorescence appearing. 3 - It is necessary to apply it to a previously applied layer of REVAT CAL ESTUCO. 4 - It is necessary to apply it to a previously applied layer of PROPAM REVOC. 5 - It is necessary to apply it to a previously applied layer of REVAT SUPRA. 6 - It is necessary to apply it to a previously applied layer of PROPAM REVOC and then another layer of REVAT CAL ESTUCO. 7 - It is necessary to apply it to a previously applied layer of REVAT SUPRA and then another layer of REVAT CAL ESTUCO. 8 - It is necessary to apply it to a previously applied layer of REVAT CAL BASE. 9 - In the AISTERM system, apply to a previously applied layer of PROPAM AISTERM. 10 - With concrete supports, it is not necessary to apply the PROPAM FIX primer.

141

Renders for faรงades and indoors

RENDER

RENDER Acrylic mortar Acrylic mortar Acrylic mortar Acrylic mortar Acrylic mortar Acrylic mortar Acrylic mortar Acrylic mortar Acrylic mortar Acrylic mortar Synthetic render Synthetic render Synthetic render Synthetic render Synthetic render Synthetic render Synthetic render Synthetic render Synthetic render Synthetic render

FINISH Pressed Pressed Pressed Pressed Scraped Floated Floated Floated Floated Floated Smooth Smooth Smooth Smooth Smooth Smooth Smooth Smooth Smooth Smooth

SUPPORT Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Plasterboard Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Plasterboard Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Plasterboard Concrete Brick Concrete block Old brickwork support Plasterboard

PRODUCT REVAT PLAS REVAT PLAS REVAT PLAS REVAT PLAS REVAT PLAS REVAT PLAS REVAT PLAS REVAT PLAS REVAT PLAS REVAT PLAS REVAT FILM REVAT FILM REVAT FILM REVAT FILM REVAT FILM REVAT FILM REVAT FILM REVAT FILM REVAT FILM REVAT FILM

1 - It is necessary to apply it to a previously applied layer of PROPAM REVOC. 2 - It is necessary to apply it to a previously applied layer of REVAT SUPRA. 3 - For greater performance, it is advisable to apply it to a previously applied layer of REVAT FILM.

142

OBS. 3 1-3 3 2 3 3 1-3 3 2 3 1 2

1 2

143 Renders for faรงades and indoors

Renders for faรงades and indoors

144

1. Applying one coat mortars to aerated concrete

146

2. Applying one coat mortars to thermoclay blocks

148

3. Applying one coat mortars to smooth surfaces

150

4. How to obtain a textured coating

152

5. How to rehabilitate an old faรงade with limestone mortars

156

6. How to repair a faรงade with aesthetical defects

158

7. Where to lay a fiberglass mesh

160

8. Creating a one coat render in cold or damp weather

162

9. Creating a one coat render in cold or damp weather

164

10. Renewing old faรงade coatings (synthetic, rough paintwork, glass plate)

166

11. Applications in limestone stucco

168

12. Application of one coat stone finish

170

13. Application of one coat scraped finish

172

14. Application of acrylic mortar

174

145

Renders for faรงades and indoors

Solutions for applying one coat mortars

Applying one coat mortars to aerated concrete

The block of aerated concrete is a lightweight building material intended both for individual and collective homes. 1

It is a low density solid material, with a low unit weight and excellent thermal insulation capacity.

Consequently, the coatingÂ´s mechanical properties do not develop correctly.

Its high porosity can cause dehydration or fast absorption of the one coat mortar mixing water.

As this support has very particular characteristics, a series of precautions have to be taken when applying a one coat render.

146

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT Apply a primer coat to the support with PROPAM EMULSIÓN, to prevent it from quickly absorbing the water of the one coat mortar.

WATER

4 3

PROPAM EMULSIÓN

To this end, dilute 1 part PROPAM EMULSION with 4 parts water, stir to obtain an even mixure and apply to the support with a wide brush or roller.

Use REVAT FORMA, REVAT SUPRA, REVAT RASPADO or REVAT PIEDRA, one coat mortars with low elasticity modulus.

Apply the envisaged finish.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• It is not advisable to apply dark colour one coats, particularly on façades which, due to their orientation and the geographical location of the site, are very exposed to sunlight. In these cases, due to the low heat dissipation provided by the aerated concrete support (due to its high thermal insulation properties), shrinkage cracks may appear due to the build up of heat in the mortar.

Mix the one coat mortar and then apply manually using a trowel or spraying machine, to the previously arranged primer coat (still wet).

• To minimise the stress produced by thermal expansion, it is advisable to apply a fiberglass mesh centred in the coating thickness.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM EMULSION REVAT FORMA REVAT SUPRA

page 102 page 184 page 182

REVAT RASPADO REVAT PIEDRA

page 180 page 178

147

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATION

Applying one coat mortars to thermoclay blocks

In recent years, there has been an important increase in the use of thermoclay blocks to build outdoor enclosures. The thermoclay is a lightweight ceramic block of clay with very good thermal and acoustic properties.

Their technical characteristics, and their fixing system provide lower implementation costs, energy savings and a more sustainable construction.

Due to its composition and morphology, it is necessary to adopt a series of precautions when applying a one coat mortar.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

148

The support must be completely set, strong and have completed its retraction movements, while also being clean of dust, paint, grease, etc.

Due to its high porosity, it is advisable to wet it, particularly during hot weather and in dry winds.

Place fiberglass mesh in the joins between the blocks and other material (columns, slabs, lintels, blocks, etc.), overlapping each side of the join by at least 20 cm. To do this, spread the one coat mortar on to the support, about 4-5 mm, and place the mesh on it, pressing with the trowel.

The one coat mortar can be applied to the thermoclay block manually or mechanically (spraying).

Finally, apply the definitive finish; scraped, floated, sprayed stone...

It is advisable to apply a first layer of 4 to 5 mm as a primer coat to prevent the appearance of spectra (manifestation of the thermoclay block through the render). Apply a second layer of approximately 1 cm, on top of the first one. In dry and/ or hot weather, it is essential to apply said layer 1 or 2 hours after the first one, so that the first one does not dry out quickly, and to maintain the correct resistance properties.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC.

• Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT FORMA REVAT SUPRA

page 184 page 182

REVAT RASPADO REVAT PIEDRA

page 180 page 178

149

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATION

Applying one coat mortars to smooth surfaces

Not very absorbent supports, like for example concrete, do not facilitate mechanical anchorage due to the lack of superficial pores, and this leads to false adherences that usually end up producing cracks inthe one coat mortar or causes it to work lose. The solution in these cases is to establish a bonding interphase between the support and the one coat mortar via the PROPAM FIX primer.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

150

Remove parts that are deteriorted or in poor condition.

The support must be completely set, strong and clean of dust, grease, and remains of release agents.

It is advisable to wash the support surface with acidified water to open the pores and then rinse with plenty of clean water.

APPLICATION First of all dilute 1 part water with 2 parts PROPAM FIX and mix with the help of a slow mechanical beater. Then apply with a roller or wide brush. During the application, shake the mixture from time to time so that no sediment forms.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• It can be applied both indoors and outdoors. • Do not apply if rain or freezing temperatures are forecast.

Apply the REVAT one coat mortar once the PROPAM FIX primer layer has dried, and within 3 days of its application.

• Use within the range of application temperatures for one coat mortars.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM FIX REVAT RASPADO REVAT SUPRA

page 214 page 180 page 182

REVAT FORMA REVAT PIEDRA

page 184 page 178

151

Renders for façades and indoors

How to obtain a textured render

The current Código Técnico de la Edificación makes it possible to innovate façade render implementation techniques to ensure end user satisfaction. In this respect, a new concept of one coat mortar has been developed, which allows novel solutions for finishes, while also respecting the project turnaround times. To obtain new, highly decorative textures on façades on new properties and rehabilitation works, a multi-finish one coat mortar must e used, with high impermeability.

152

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT The support must be completely set, strong and clean of dust and grease.

Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition.

In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand.

Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns, slabs, lintels...)

On smooth concrete supports, or non absorbent supports, it is advisable to apply PROPAM FIX as a bonding interphase.

Textured finish. The appropriate thickness is about 10 mm and it is necessary to use PROPAM DESMOL or sprayed aggregates before stamping with the desired mould or roller; apply gentle pressure to the mortar in one single stroke to prevent cracks.

Renders for faรงades and indoors

APPLICATION 1

Mixing and spreading of the product. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste, and afterwards it can be applied manually with a trowel or projection machine.

153

Smooth finish. A layer about 7 mm thick must be applied, and when the material begins to harden apply a second 3 mm layer, float the surface and then smooth with a stainless steel trowel.

Fine scraped finish. For this kind of finish, a layer more than 12 mm thick is required, and when the paste starts to harden, apply the finish using a scraper. Once hardened, it can be brushed.

Floated finish. For this kind of finish, a layer more than 10 mm thick is required, and when the paste starts to harden, apply the finish using a trowel or sponge. This finish carries a high risk of efflorescence appearing.

Sprayed aggregate finish. For the sprayed aggregate finish, a layer of about 10 mm is to be applied, and then the aggregate is sprayed , and finally the trowel or roller is passed over to give the desired texture.

Dye oxide finish. The previous finishes can be oxide dyed, and to do this, inert colouring agents that are resistant to UV light, are suspended in water, and this mixture is applied using a wide brush or sponge. Once dry, apply one (matt finish) or two layers (gloss fiinish) of PROPAM DUR like a cured resin.

RECOMMENDATIONS • With very absorbent supports, it is advisable to apply an initial layer like a primer.

• Do not apply if rain or freezing temperatures are forecast. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT FORMA PROPAM DUR PROPAM FIX PROPAM DESMOL

154

page 184 page 210 page 214 page 320

155 Renders for faรงades and indoors

How to rehabilitate an old faรงade with limestone mortars Over the years, faรงades deteriorate and need to be rehabilitated. Therefore it is important to know the characteristics and behaviour of the materials they contain (brick, natural stone, limestone mortars, one coat mortars) so that the new render is chosen appropriateely. The mortars in the REVAT CAL range provide a highly decorative render for all kinds of faรงades and indoor environments, and also for restoring all kinds of buildings, including landmark and old buildings. Continual exposure to weather conditions (rain, freezing conditions, sudden temperature changes, etc.), causes the faรงades to age naturally. To restore faรงades, appropriate coating materials must be used.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

156

Check the condition of the support by making sure that it is firm and strong.

In old masonry supports, empty part of the joints, and remove any deteriorated elements.

Wash with pressurised water and finish removing fungi, dust, paint remains, deteriorated parts, etc., from the support surface.

Level the support using REVAT CAL BASE to ensure that the surface is even before applying the new render.

With very absorbent supports and/or supports that break up easily, a PROPAM DUR primer layer must be applied.

It is advisable to apply fiberglass mesh throughout the coating, in rehabilitation works where it is possible that loads in the building may be redistributed and/or where a great variety of materials are used in the support.

Mix REVAT CAL BASE manually or mechanically, using the same proportion of water between mxing, and leave the paste to stand for about 5 minutes. Spread the paste over the support using a trowel or a projection machine.

The REVAT CAL BASE mortar can be left as a render finish (smooth, floated, swirly, Austrianrococo-stucco, etc.).

Use REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL for highly decorative coloured finishes, typcial of traditional limestone stucco designs. Also glazing and oxide dyes can be applied to it. Spread REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL in a compact, even manner and with a trowel, over REVAT CAL BASE about 5 to 10 mm thick, according to the finish. Apply the desired finish when the product has the necessary consistency, usually between 1 and 6 hours after application.

APPLICATION

RECOMMENDATIONS • The usual application supports are: ceramic brick,

thermoclay blocks, concrete blocks, cement or concrete rendering, concrete and masonry. • Do not apply to plaster, paint or non absorbent surfaces.

• Do not apply in direct sunlight or strong winds. • Do not apply if rain or freezing temperatures are forecast. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT CAL BASE REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL PROPAM DUR

page 190 page 192 page 210

157

Renders for façades and indoors

How to repair a faรงade with aesthetical defects

Faรงade mortars are exposed to external agents (rain, low temperatures, freezing conditions, fungi, humidity, saltpeter, pollution, etc.) which have a negative effect on their aesthetical durability. The solution lies in using REVAT FILM to equal the tone and/or REVAT PROTEC to protect the one coat mortar without modifying its texture and finish.

158

When material exposed continuously to high humidity, fungi appear.

Over the years, coloured mortars are affected by aesthetical problems that can be solved easily.

Solution 1

Check the condition of the support by making sure that it is firm and strong.

With very absorbent supports and/or supports that break up easily, a PROPAM DUR primer layer must be applied.

Wash with pressurised water to remove all remains from the mortar surface (fungi, dust, paint remains, etc.).

Protect the material in those area where it may be exposed to extreme conditions (frequent rain, near the sea, ...), by applying a layer of REVAT PROTEC as an additional means of protecting the façade.

APPLICATION 1

RECOMMENDATIONS

Use REVAT FILM, an acrylic mortar for recovering the aesthetical qualities of the one coat mortar and improving façade protection.

• Do not apply in direct sunlight or strong winds. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water.

• Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT FILM REVAT PROTEC PROPAM DUR

page 198 page 212 page 210

159

Renders for façades and indoors

PREPARING THE SUPPORT

Where to fix a fiberglass mesh

Where the wing wall joins the slabs, columns, or lintels in door and window frames, particular points are formed in the faĂ§ade, where stress from the works builds up. Consequently, they must be treated appropriately to prevent the one coat mortar cracking. The usual treatment consists in using an anti-alkali fiberglass or polyester net, with a mesh size of 10 mm x 10 mm, to reinforce the coating in these points.

Solution FIXING ON THE FAĂ&#x2021;ADE

SLAB

20 cm >20,0 cm

40 cm

2 >20,0 cm

20 x 40 cm mesh fragments must be laid in the corners of the spaces.

160

The mesh must cover 20 cm, at least, on each side of the joins between different materials.

4 - 5 mm Mesh

BRICK

This must be centred in the coating thickness.

Working joint

≥ 8 mm

SLAB

Bridge joint (recommended) PROPAM FIX

12 - 15 mm

APPLICATION Apply the first coat of one coat mortar from the REVAT range, to the support.

Apply a second coat of one coat mortar to the net, preferably when the first is still wet.

While the mortar is still fresh, lay the net, adjusting it manually, and pressing it with the trowel.

Renders for façades and indoors

RECOMMENDATIONS Do not lay the mesh directly on to the support since this will prevent it from fulfilling its function.

When the mesh is too close to the surface of the one coat mortar, when the finish is applied it could be left uncovered.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT RASPADO REVAT SUPRA REVAT FORMA

page 180 page 182 page 184

REVAT PIEDRA PROPAM FIX FIBERGLASS NET

page 178 page 214 page 321

161

Creating a one coat render in cold or damp weather

When one coat mortars are applied in certain environmental conditions, like rain, low temperatures or high relative humidity, there is a higher risk of whiteish stains appearing. These stains, called efflorescence, are the consequence of a mechanism called carbonatation, and usually occur between 7 and 10 days immediately after the material has been applied. 1

162

SUPPORT

ONE COAT

Carbonatation occurs when the salts released during the setting of the cement, dissolve in the mixing water, migrate to the surface of the one coat mortar and react with the carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, creating calcium carbonate, which is white.

The appearance of these stains is mainly influenced by the mortar drying speed. If fast enough, the setting salts remain in the capilaries and do not come to the outside. Otherwise, if it is too slow (due to said weather conditions), they reach the surface of the mortar and form the whiteish deposits, or efflorescence.

Dry win has a significant influence on the appearance of stains.

Although the carbonatation does not alter the mechanical properties of the one coat mortar, it does create an aesthetical problem, which is more noticeable the darker the render.

Solution 1

The solution lies in using PROPAM ACEL that is, a product that adapts the product to environmental conditions.

IF THE WHITE STAINS APPEAR Wait until the material has set and hardened completely (28 days after application) and then remove the stains, by washing with acidified water (hydrochloric acid to water, 1:4).

If carbonatation has been severe and the stains are difficult to remove, apply REVAT FILM to re-establish the aesthetical characteristics of the one coat mortar, respecting its texture and properties.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply in the following conditions: - If there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. - In temperatures below 5ºC. - With high ambient humidity.

Once said solution has been applied, wash with plenty of water.

Renders for façades and indoors

• Protect coatings against the risk of rain and/ or freezing conditions, up to the tenth day after application. • Try to use light colours, where efflorescence is less visible.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM ACEL REVAT FILM

page 208 page 198

163

Creating a one coat render in hot weather or with dry wind

Climate conditions, particularly high temperatures and dry winds,have a decisive importance when applying one coat mortars, since they influence the drying time and subsequent render finish. Too short a drying time can affect the correct development of the mechanical and/or aesthetical properties of the coating, due to product dehydrtion or changes in colour tone, between the various work areas.

With high ambient temperatures, the supports have a very high water absorption capacity.

These circumstances can cause shrinkage cracks and/or the loss of mechanical strength in the one coat mortar applied.

164

Dry, warm winds quickly dry out the one coat mortar.

The support must be completely set, strong and clean of dust and grease.

Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition.

Wet the support with plenty of water. Wait until the shine of the water disappears.

Apply REVAT FORMA, REVAT SUPRA, REVAT RASPADO or REVAT PIEDRA, one coat mortars. When working with supports with very different absorption levels, it is preferable to apply an initial primer coat, about 5 mm.

Once the product finish has been applied and provided, it is advisable to wet it by spraying water, but do not do this in the midday sun.

Apply PROPAM DUR if the one coat mortar, once applied, has lost strength, and it breaks up easily when a hand is passed over the surface.

Apply REVAT FILM if there are changes in the colour tone because the one coat mortar has dried differently in the various work areas.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Apply the material to the support in temperatures below 35ºC, and do not leave in direct sunlight.

• Respect the recommended amount of water for mixing the product. • Wet the support before and after applying the one coat mortar.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT FORMA REVAT SUPRA REVAT RASPADO

page 184 page 182 page 180

REVAT PIEDRA REVAT FILM PROPAM DUR

page 178 page 198 page 210

165

Renders for façades and indoors

Solution

Renewing old façade coatings (synthetic, rough paintwork, glass plate)

Until recently, to rehabilitate coated façades with coarse acrylic mortars, glass plates or rough paintwork, it was necessary to completely remove the old coating before applying a new one. Using the hydraulic mortar PROPAM RENOVACIÓN lows a fine coating to be applied to the surface of the support, which helps to repair any flaking and smooth the old render, without having to remove it. Then an acrylic coating REVAT FILM, REVAT PLAS or limestone stucco REVAT CAL ESTUCO, REVAT CAL FINO) can be applied as a new render finish.

Solution OLD ROUGH PAINT COATINGS 1

Check the adhesion between the support and the old coating, and remove by chemical stripping, hot stripping or removing the deteriorated parts, or parts in poor condition.

Wash the whole surface with acidified water to open the pores on the support. Rinse afterwards with plenty of clean water.

Use PROPAM RENOVACIÓN layer 2 to 3 mm thick, in the areas where the old render has been removed. If necessary, apply to the old paint that is in a good condition.

Use REVAT FILM or REVAT PLUS to apply the final façade finish with an acrylic coating.

166

Use REVAT CAL ESTUCO or REVAT CAL FINO to apply the final façade finish with a limestone stucco coating.

Check the adhesion between the support and the old glass plate coating, using a rubber mallet. Remove any poorly adhered areas.

Wash the whole surface with acidified water to open the pores on the support. Rinse afterwards with plenty of clean water.

Use PROPAM RENOVACIÓN in the areas where the glass plate has been removed. Then use PROPAM RENOVACIÓN in a layer 2 to 3 mm thick, on the whole surface to cover with the new render.

Use REVAT FILM or REVAT PLUS to apply the final façade finish with an acrylic coating.

Use REVAT CAL ESTUCO or REVAT CAL FINO to apply the final façade finish with a limestone stucco coating.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Apply PROPAM DUR if the support is very

absorbent. Protect the metallic pars with an anticorrosive primer, BETOPOX PRIMER. • Depending on the state of the support and particularly glass plate fibre supports, it is advisable to apply the glass mesh AISTERM when the paste is still wet. There must be a 10 cm overlap with the next net. For the final finish, it is advisable to give a second levelling coat and then float.

• Consult the technical department about applying one coat mortars to PROPAM RENOVACIÓN.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM RENOVACIÓN REVAT PLAS REVAT FILM

page 206 page 200 page 198

REVAT CAL ESTUCO REVAT CAL FINO

page 194 page 196

167

Renders for façades and indoors

OLD GLASS PLATE COATINGS

Limestone stucco applications

Using find mortars based on limestone, selected aggregate, synthetic resins and different additives, provides highly decorative finishes, both indoors and outdoors, which imitate the traditional renders with limestone stucco. Use REVAT CAL ESTUCO to obtain a fine limestone stucco, floated finish. Use REVAT CAL FINO to obtain a fine limestone stucco, matt or glossy finish.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

To obtain a regular, consistent and impermeable surface, render the support beforehand with PROPAM REVOC or REVAT CAL BASE. This product can be applied manually using a trowel, or with a projecting machine. Its high open time means that large working areas can be spread and then levelled.

REVAT CAL ESTUCO APPLICATION AND FINISH 2

168

Mix REVAT CAL ESTUCO manually or mechanically with the indicated amount of water, and form an even paste, smooth to the touch. Respect the mixing water to prevent changes in colour tone.

With a trowel, spread the paste over the set and hardened support of PROPAM REVOC or REVAT CAL BASE, between 2 and 4 mm thick. The work joints can be limited with adhesive painting tape.

The final finish is obtained by gently floating the surface with a fine sponge trowel.

PREPARING THE SURFACE FOR THE REVAT CAL FINO FINISH Spread over the PROPAM REVOC or REVAT CAL BASE set and hardened support, a layer about 3 mm thick of REVAT CAL ESTUCO, float and leave to dry.

Renders for façades and indoors

REVAT CAL FINO APPLICATION AND FINISH 1

Mix REVAT CAL FINO with the necessary amount of water to obtain a smooth, even paste.

Spread over the dry surface of REVAT CAL ESTUCO a layer about 1 mm thick of REVAT CAL FINO, and level it with a stainless steel trowel. Matt finish: pass over once with the trowel, without revising. Gloss finish: level and polish until the shine appears.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in direct sunlight or strong winds. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates.

• During application, protect the areas exposed by rain. • In outdoor applications it is advisable to protect using REVAT PROTEC.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT CAL ESTUCO REVAT CAL FINO REVAT CAL BASE

page 194 page 196 page 190

PROPAM REVOC REVAT PROTEC

page 202 page 212

169

Applying a stone finish one coat mortar

Renders using one coat mortars with sprayed aggregate finish, are characterised by having very high superficial strength, and for being particularly suitable for erosion sensitive areas, like bottom floors or base plates in buildings. For a highly decorative sprayed aggregate finish, that is impermeable to rain water and permeable to water vapor, and available in a wide variety of colour, use REVAT PIEDRA.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

The support must be completely set, strong and clean of dust and grease.

Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition.

In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand.

Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns, slabs, lintels...)

170

On smooth concrete supports, or non absorbent supports it is advisable to apply PROPAM FIX as a bonding interphase.

Mix the recommended amount of water and knead manually or mechanically until a workable, even paste is obtained. It is important to always use the same proportion of water for mixing , and to leave the mixture to stand for about 5 minutes.

Spread the paste over the support using a trowel or a projection machine.

The thickness of the one coat mortar must not be less than 10 mm and this is levelled using rivets, that act as joints and links between work areas.

Then spray the selected aggregate with the help of a shovel or trowel, before the one coat mortar forms a superficial film and limits the aggregate anchorage.

When the one coat mortar starts to harden, press the sprayed aggregate without covering it with excess paste due to excess thickness. This way, the aggregate, as the final finish, adheres well and does not protrude.

RECOMMENDATIONS • The usual application supports are: ceramic brick, thermoclay blocks, concrete blocks, cement or concrete rendering. • Do not apply in direct sunlight or strong winds. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC.

• Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • Do not apply to surfaces angled at less than 10º. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT PIEDRA page 178

PROPAM FIX

page 214

171

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATION

Applying a scraped finish one coat mortar

There are numerous finishes for one coat mortars, however, the scraped finish, also called guilloche engraving, is the most commonly used finish for faรงade renders, perhaps because it looks very like the traditional painted rendering. For a highly decorative scraped finish, that is impermeable to rain water and permeable to water vapor, and available in a wide variety of colour, use: TEXTURED FINISH

PRODUCT

FINE SCRAPING

REVAT FORMA

NORMAL SCRAPING

REVAT RASPADO

NORMAL SCRAPING

REVAT SUPRA

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

The support must be completely set, strong and clean of dust and grease.

Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition.

In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand.

Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns, slabs, lintels...)

172

On smooth concrete supports, or non absorbent supports it is advisable to apply PROPAM FIX as a bonding interphase.

APPLICATION After mixing the one coat mortar manually or mechanically, using the same proportion of water between mixing, leave to stand for about 5 minutes.

Level the desired thickness and after 2 to 5 hours, depending on the support and weather conditions, it is possible to start applying the scraped finish. When working with supports with very different absorption levels, it is preferable to apply an initial primer coat, about 5 mm thick.

Spread the paste on to the support with a trowel or projecting machine.

4 - 5 mm

BRICK

≥ 8 mm

Mesh Working joint

SLAB

Bridge joint (recommended) PROPAM FIX 12 - 15 mm

The minimum thickness is defined by the thickness of the rivets, and it is 10 mm, with an average thickness of 12 mm being advisable.

After the indicated time period, scrape the surface using a spiked trowel, preferably once no material gets stuck between the spikes. To prevent changes in colour tone and texture, it is advisable to scrape in the same direction, and over the whole available surface that is to be finished. Finally after a few days, brush any remains of excess material. RECOMMENDATIONS • The usual application supports are: ceramic brick, thermoclay blocks, concrete blocks, cement or concrete rendering. • Do not apply in direct sunlight or strong winds. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT FORMA REVAT RASPADO

page 184 page 180

REVAT SUPRA PROPAM FIX

page 182 page 214

173

Renders for façades and indoors

Applying acrylic mortar

With time, faรงade coatings deteriorate and need to be renewed. The solution lies in using REVAT PLAS, an acrylic mortar that is impermeable to rain water, breathable, and which adheres excellently to the support and is very resistant to weather conditions, and is also available in a wide range of colours and textures.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

174

The surface is to be dry, strong and clean of dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition.

With old renders, use a grid test (*) or spatula to check its condition, and to make sure it adheres perfectly to the base support.

For a uniform final colour, it is advisable to apply a first coat of REVAT FILM in the same colour.

SPRAYED APPLICATION AND FINISH 1

(*) The grid test (for smooth paints) consists in cutting the old paint into 2x2 mm squares on a 10x10 cm surface. It is considered that the paint is well adhered to the support base if 80% of the squares remain well adhered, without working loose. Otherwise, the coating will have to be removed completely.

FLOATED APPLICATION AND FINISH

Apply the material to the support surface with a gun; the different diameter nozzles available can be used, according to the desired finish.

After 10 to 30 minutes, according to weather conditions, we can obtain a floated finish, by gently pressing the surface and making circular movements, always in the same direction.

Renders for façades and indoors

PRESSED APPLICATION AND FINISH 1

After projecting REVAT PLAS, wait between 20 and 30 minutes, according to weather conditions, and then level the coated surface with a flat trowel, until it is flattened.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Shake the packaging mechanically. • Apply the material to the support with a trowel or with a gun, depending on the desired finish. • When applying with a gun, if necessary, add up to 1 litre (max) of water for each 20 kg packaging.

• The work joints can be limited with adhesive painting tape. • Apply to vertical surfaces, or surfaces inclined at least 45ºC. • Do not apply to horizontal surfaces: • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain.

REFERENCE MATERIALS REVAT PLAS

page 200

REVAT FILM

page 198

175

Renders for faรงades and indoors

176

REVAT PIEDRA

178

REVAT RASPADO

180

REVAT SUPRA

182

REVAT FORMA

184

REVAT MINERAL

186

REVAT BASE

188

REVAT CAL BASE

190

REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL

192

REVAT CAL ESTUCO

194

REVAT CAL FINO

196

REVAT FILM

198

REVAT PLAS

200

PROPAM REVOC

202

PROPAM FINO

204

PROPAM RENOVACIร N

206

PROPAM ACEL

208

PROPAM DUR

210

REVAT PROTEC

212

PROPAM FIX

214

177

Renders for faรงades and indoors

Products

REVAT DESCRIPTION REVAT PIEDRA is a one coat mortar render based on cement, selected aggregates and different additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish.

PIEDRA

ONE COAT RENDER TECHNICAL DATA Documento de Idoneidad Técnica

DIT PLUS 392

According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Bulk density

1.15 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Particles greater than 1 mm

≤ 5%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

33 ± 1%

Bulk density

1.50 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

178

Compressive strength

CSIII (3.5-7.5 N/mm2 )

Capillarity water absorption

W2 (≤ 0.2 kg/m2·min1/2)

Water permeability after climatic cycles.

≤ 1 ml/cm2 after 48 hours

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 15

Adhesion after climatic cycles.

≥ 0.3 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

0.4 ± 0.1 W/m·K

Shrinkage

≤ 1.2 mm/m

Dynamic elasticity module

5000 ± 1000 N/mm2

REVAT PIEDRA

PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water. Permeable to water vapor to prevent condensation. Highly decorative finish. It is applied directly to the building enclosure. SUPPORT Usual construction supports: ceramic brick, concrete blocks and cement or concrete rendering. The support must be strong and completely set, and clean of dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand. Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns and slabs). HOW TO USE PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. Mix the REVAT PIEDRA with 33% of clean water (8 litres for every 25 kg bag) to obtain a smooth, workable consistency. 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste. 3. Leave the already kneaded product to stand for about 5 minutes. 4. Always use the same proportion of water.

5. The stone must be sprayed after 10 minutes, and always before the mortar forms a film on its surface (open time). 6. When the paste begins to harden, the stone is to be filled or pressed using a trowel, making sure that no excess paste rises up covering the stone. 7. Finally, after 3 days, it is brushed. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT PIEDRA used is 16 kg/m2 per cm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PRECAUTIONS • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to surfaces angled at less than 10º. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain. • The one coat mortar is not watertight, but it does give the support sufficient waterproofing against rain water. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: consult colour swatch. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

APPLICATION 1. Spread the paste with a trowel or projecting machine. 2. With very absorbent supports, it is advisable to apply an initial layer as a primer. 3. The minimum thickness will be 10 mm, and it is defined by thickness of the rivets. 4.Once the plaster has been reglated with REVAT PIEDRA, the stone can be sprayed with the help of a trowel or shovel,

179

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Façade render directly applicable to the building enclosure. For supports used for rehabilitating buildings or with unlikely adherence, please contact our Technical Department.

REVAT DESCRIPTION REVAT RASPADO is a one coat mortar render based on cement, selected aggregates and different additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish.

RASPADO

ONE COAT RENDER TECHNICAL DATA Documento de Idoneidad Técnica

DIT PLUS 393

According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Bulk density

1.40 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 1%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

20 ± 1 %

Bulk density

1.75 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

180

Compressive strength

CSIV (≥ 6N/mm2 )

Capillarity water absorption

W2 (≤ 0.2 kg/m2·min1/2)

Water permeability after climatic cycles.

≤ 1 ml/cm2 after 48 hours

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 18

Adhesion after climatic cycles.

≥ 0.3 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

0.6 ± 0.1 W/m·K

Shrinkage

≤ 1.2 mm/m

Dynamic elasticity module

6700 ± 1200 N/mm2

REVAT RASPADO

PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water. Permeable to water vapor to prevent condensation. Highly decorative finish. It is applied directly to the building enclosure. SUPPORT Usual construction supports: ceramic brick, concrete blocks and cement or concrete rendering. The support must be strong and completely set, and clean of dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand. Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns and slabs). HOW TO USE PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. Mix the REVAT RASPADO with 20% of clean water (6 litres for every 30 kg bag). 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste. 3. Leave the already kneaded product to stand for about 5 minutes. 4. Always use the same proportion of water.

APPLICATION 1. Spread the paste with a trowel or spraying machine. 2. With very absorbent supports, it is advisable to apply an initial layer as a primer. 3. The minimum thickness will be 10 mm, and it is defined by thickness of the rivets. 4. After levelling the plastering with REVAT RASPADO after 2 to 5 hours (depending on support and environment conditions), the surface is brushed with a spiked trowel. The best time to scrape is when the material no longer sticks to the trowel spikes. 5. It is important to scrape the whole surface in similar conditions, so as to avoid colour changes. 6. Finally, after 3 days, it is brushed. PRECAUTIONS • If applying to an old or loosened support, consult theh Technical Assistance Service. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to surfaces angled at less than 10º. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain. • The one coat mortar is not watertight, but it does give the support sufficient waterproofing against rain water. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT RASPADO used is 20 kg/m2 per cm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PACKAGING 30 kg bags. Colours: consult colour swatch. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

181

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Façade render directly applicable to the building enclosure. For supports used for rehabilitating buildings or with unlikely adherence, please contact our Technical Department.

REVAT DESCRIPTION REVAT SUPRA is a one coat mortar render based on cement, aerated limestone, selected aggregates and different additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish.

SUPRA

ONE COAT RENDER TECHNICAL DATA Documento de Adecuación al Uso

DAU 10/061A

According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Bulk density

1.25 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 2%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

27 ± 2%

Bulk density

1.60 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

182

Compressive strength

CSIII (3.5-7.5 N/mm2 )

Capillarity water absorption

W2 (≤ 0.2 kg/m2·min1/2)

Water permeability after climatic cycles.

≤ 1 ml/cm2 after 48 hours

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 15

Adhesion after climatic cycles.

≥ 0.3 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

0.4 ± 0.1 W/m·K

Shrinkage

≤ 1.2 mm/m

Dynamic elasticity module

≤ 4500 MPa

REVAT SUPRA

PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water. Excellent adherence to support. Particularly for machine application. SUPPORT Usual construction supports: ceramic brick, concrete blocks and cement or concrete rendering; as well as stone masonry and old bricks. The support must be completely set, strong and clean of dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (stone, brick, mortar, columns, etc.). In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand. HOW TO USE PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. Mix the REVAT SUPRA with 27% of clean water (8 litres for per bag). 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste. 3. Always use the same proportion of water to avoid changes in colour tone.

PRECAUTIONS • If applying to an old or loosened support, consult theh Technical Assistance Service. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to surfaces angled at less than 10º. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain. • The one coat mortar is not watertight, but it does give the support sufficient waterproofing against rain water. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT SUPRA used is 17 kg/m2 per cm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PACKAGING 30 kg bags. Colours: consult colour swatch. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

APPLICATION 1. Apply to the support, either manually or mechanically, in a layer about 12-20 mm thick, and then level the surface with an aluminium ruler. 2. When the mortar starts to harden it must be scraped with a spiked trowel. The best time to scrape is when the material no longer sticks to the trowel spikes. 3. It is important to scrape the whole surface in similar conditions, so as to avoid colour changes. 4. Finally, after 3 days, it is brushed.

183

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Façade renders that provide impermeability and decorative properties. It is particularly indicated for being applied with a spraying machine.

REVAT DESCRIPTION REVAT FORMA is a one coat mortar render based on cement, aerated limestone, selected aggregates and different additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish.

FORMA

ONE COAT RENDER COATING TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Bulk density

1.25 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 2%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

30 ± 1%

Bulk density

1.60 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

184

Compressive strength

CSIII (3.5-7.5 N/mm2 )

Capillarity water absorption

W2 (≤ 0.2 kg/m2·min1/2)

Water permeability after climatic cycles.

≤ 1 ml/cm2 after 48 hours

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≥8

Adhesion after climatic cycles.

≥ 0.3 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

0.5 ± 0.1 W/m·K

Shrinkage

≤ 1.0 mm/m

Dynamic elasticity module

3500 ± 1000 N/mm2

APPLICATIONS Façade render directly applicable to the building enclosure. For supports used for rehabilitating buildings or with unlikely adherence, please contact our Technical Department. PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water. Permeable to water vapor to prevent condensation. Highly decorative finish. Allows different types of finishes, like textured finishes, smooth or scraped finishes, etc. Allows oxide glazing and tints. SUPPORT Usual construction supports: ceramic brick, thermoclay blocks, concrete blocks, cement or concrete rendering. The support must be completely set, strong and clean of dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand. Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns and slabs). On smooth concrete supports, or non absorbent supports it is advisable to first apply PROPAM FIX as a bonding interphase. HOW TO USE PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. Mix the REVAT FORMA with 30% of clean water (9 litres for every 30 kg bag). 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste. 3. Leave the already kneaded product to stand for about 5 minutes. 4.Always use the same proportion of water. APPLICATION 1. Spread the paste with a trowel or spraying machine. 2. With very absorbent supports, it is advisable to apply an initial layer as a primer. 3. For the textured finish, the appropriate thickness is about 10 mm and it is necessary to use PROPAM DESMOL or sprayed aggregate before stamping with the desired mould or roller; it is advisable to apply gentle pressure to the mortar, in just one pass over, to avoid any possible cracks.

4. For the smooth finish, a layer about 7 mm thick must be applied, and when the material begins to harden apply a second 3 mm layer, float the surface and then smooth with a stainless steel trowel. 5. For the fine scraped finish, a layer more than 12 mm thick is required, and when the paste starts to harden, apply the finish using a scraper, and brush once hardened. 6.For the floated finish, a layer more than 10 mm thick is required, and when the paste starts to harden, apply the finish using a trowel or sponge. This finish carries a high risk of efflorescence. 7. All the above finishes can be oxide dyed, and to do this, inert colouring agents that are resistant to UV light, are suspended in water. It is applied with a sponge or wide brush and once dry, apply one (matt finish) or two layers (gloss fiinish) of PROPAM DUR like a cured resin. 8. For the sprayed stone finish, a 10 mm layer must be applied. Spray the stone before the paste forms a film. 9.When the paste begins to harden, press the stone using a trowel. The minimum thickness will be 10 mm for any of the different kinds of finishes, and this is defined by the thickness of the rivets. PRECAUTIONS • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to surfaces angled at less than 10º. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain. • The one coat mortar is not watertight, but it does give the support sufficient waterproofing against rain water. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT FORMA used is 13 kg/m2 per cm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PACKAGING 30 kg bags. Colours: consult colour swatch. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

185

Renders for façades and indoors

REVAT FORMA

REVAT MIXED BINDER ONE COAT RENDER

MINERAL

DESCRIPTION REVAT FORMA is a one coat mortar render based on cement, aerated limestone, selected aggregates, special fibers, waterproof resins and and different additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish. TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Bulk density

1.30 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Particles greater than 2.00 mm

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

20 ± 1 %

Bulk density

1.80 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

186

Compressive strength

CSIII (3.5-7.5 N/mm2 )

Capillarity water absorption

W2 ( 0.1 kg/m2-min0.5)

Water permeability after climatic cycles.

0.7 N/mm2 after 48 hours

Water vapor permeability coefficient

Adhesion after climatic cycles.

0.3 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

0.5 ± 0.1 W/m·K

Shrinkage

1.0 mm/m

Dynamic elasticity module

6000 ± 500 N/mm2

REVAT MINERAL

PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water. Highly decorative finish. Allows different types of finishes, like floated, smooth or scraped finishes, etc. SUPPORT The usual construction supports like brick, rendering mortar, scraped one coat mortar, sprayed stone finish one coat mortar, concrete block and concrete, thermoclay block, aerated concrete block. It can be applied directly to supports with very little or no absorption capacity, without having to apply a primer coat (consult our Technical Department). The support must be completely set, strong and free from dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand. Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns and slabs). HOW TO USE PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. Mix the REVAT FORMA with 20% of clean water (5 litres for every 25 kg bag). 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste. 3. Leave the already kneaded product to stand for about 5 minutes. 4. Always use the same proportion of water. APPLICATION: 1. Spread the paste with a trowel or spraying machine. 2. With supports with varying absorption capacities, it is advisable to apply an initial layer as a primer.

3. On brickwork (one coat system) and with scraped finishes, a layer more than 12 mm thick is required, and when the paste starts to harden, apply the finish using a scraper, and brush once hardened. 4. For the one coat system with a smooth finish, a layer about 7 mm thick must be applied, and when the material begins to harden apply a second 3 mm layer, float the surface and then smooth with a stainless steel trowel. 5. On the mortar support (two layer system), a layer at least 6 mm thick must be applied for the scraped finish, and at least 4 mm thick for the floated or smooth finish. 6. For finishes on the Aisterm and Term 50 systems, it is advisable that the final thickness be between 4 and 8 mm. PRECAUTIONS • Do not exceed the 20 mm thickness per layer and a maximum of two layers. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to surfaces angled at less than 10º. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain. • The one coat mortar is not watertight, but it does give the support sufficient waterproofing against rain water. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT MINERAL used is 1.5 kg/m2 per mm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: consult colour swatch. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

187

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Façade render directly applicable to the building enclosure (one coat system), with 10 mm minimum finish thickness On prior rendering mortar (in two layer systems), the minimum finish thickness will be 4 mm. Mineral finish for the AISTERM and TERM 50 Thermal Insulation Systems.

REVAT

BASE

DESCRIPTION RENDERING MORTAR FOR REVAT BASE is a waterproof INDOORS AND OUTDOORS mortar based on cement, selected aggregates and different additives that provide TECHNICAL DATA a good finish. According to EN 998 -1 OC Powdered product Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 1%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

16 ± 1%

Bulk density

1.95 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

188

Compressive strength

CSIV (≥ 6N/mm2 )

Capillarity water absorption

W2 (≤ 0.2 kg/m2·min1/2)

Water permeability after climatic cycles.

≤ 1 ml/cm2 after 48 hours

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 18

Adhesion after climatic cycles.

≥ 0.3 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

0.7 ± 0.1 W/m·K

Shrinkage

≤ 1.2 mm/m

Dynamic elasticity module

10500 ± 1200 N/mm2

REVAT BASE

PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water. Good adherence. Very high workability. Decorative finish. SUPPORT Usual construction supports: ceramic brick, concrete blocks and cement or concrete rendering. The support must be strong and completely set, and free from dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand. Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns and slabs). HOW TO USE PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. Mix the REVAT BASE with 16% clean water (4 litres for every 25 kg bag). 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste. 3. Leave the already kneaded product to stand for about 5 minutes.

APPLICATION 1. Spread the paste with a trowel or spraying machine. 2. With very absorbent supports, it is advisable to apply an initial layer as a primer. 3. The minimum thickness will be 10 mm. 4. After spreading and levelling the plastering with REVAT BASE, wait for 1 to 3 hours before floating (according to support and environment conditions). PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT BASE used is 22 kg/m2 per cm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PRECAUTIONS • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

189

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS As a rendering mortar in garages, car parks, light wells, dividing walls, cloakrooms, inside walls, etc. For supports used for rehabilitating buildings or with unlikely adherence, please contact our Technical Department.

REVAT WATER REPELLENT RENDERING MORTAR IN LIMESTONE BASE

CAL BASE

DESCRIPTION The REVAT CAL BASE mortar is formulated on the basis of aerated lime, cement, selected aggregates and additives, which afford it very good workability properties and great waterproofing. TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 2%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

18 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

190

Compressive strength

CSIII (3.5 - 7.5 N/mm2)

Capillarity water absorption

W2 (≤ 0.2 kg/m2·min1/2)

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 15

Adhesion after climatic cycles.

≥ 0.3 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

0.6 ± 0.1 W/m·K

REVAT CAL BASE

PROPERTIES Easy to apply. Good fluidity in spraying machine. Accepts any kind of finish (smooth, floated, swirled, Austrian-rococo-stucco, etc.). High impermeability to rain water. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Do not apply to plaster, paint or non absorbent surfaces.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix manually or mechanically with approximately 18% of water (4.5 litres approximately for each 25 kg bag), to obtain a smooth, even mass. 2. If using the actual spraying machine to mix it, adjust the water content so that the material flows easily through the hose, but does not hang down once applied to the wall. 3. Its high open time means that large working areas can be spread and then levelled. PRECAUTIONS • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT CAL BASE used is 20 kg/m2 per cm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: light grey. STORAGE In original closed packaging, in covered areas: 1 year.

191

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS The REVAT CAL BASE mortar is indicated as an ideal basis for applying the range of REVAT CAL products, in any two layer application with acrylic mortars and plastic paints, and for levelling supports and for general masonry tasks: plastering, rendering, garages, etc. It improves the characteristics of traditional mortars and is also prepared for use with a spraying machine. At the same time, it can receive any other type of finish, with decorative styles.

REVAT DESCRIPTION REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL is a mortar based on aerated lime, selected aggregates, special fibers and different additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish. Indicated for restoration and rehabilitation works where mortars with traditional characteristics are required.

CAL TRADICIONAL

LIMESTONE MORTAR FOR TRADITIONAL FINISH

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Bulk density

1.20 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 1%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

24 ± 1%

Bulk density

1.70 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

192

Compressive strength

CSI (0,4-2,5 N/mm2)

Capillarity water absorption

W2 (≤ 0.2 kg/m2 · min1/2)

Adhesion

≥ 0.10 N/mm2

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 15

Thermal conductivity

0.5 ± 0.1 W/m·K

Shrinkage

≤ 1.0 mm/m

Dynamic elasticity module

2000 ± 500 N/mm2

REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL

PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water and permeable to water vapour. Highly decorative finish. Allows different types of typical traditional limestone stucco finishes, such as floated, smooth, scraped, burnished, pittted finishes, etc. Allows oxide glazing and tints. SUPPORT REVAT CAL BASE, PROPAM REVOC traditional mortar and concrete plastering. When rehabilitating a surface, the support must be strong and free from dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition and level the surface with REVAT CAL BASE. In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand. Make sure that the base mortar contains a mesh where the various supports converge (columns and slabs). On smooth concrete supports, or non absorbent supports it is advisable to first apply a bonding interphase. HOW TO USE PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. Mix the REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL with 24% clean water (6 litres for every 25 kg bag). 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste. 3. Leave the already kneaded product to stand for about 5 minutes. 4. Always use the same proportion of water.

APPLICATION 1.Spread the paste in a compact, uniform manner, without any irregularities, using a trowel. The application thickness is between 5 and 10 mm depending on the finish. 2. Apply the desired finish when the product has the necessary consistency, usually between 1 and 6 hours after application. PRECAUTIONS • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Do not apply to places without ventilation, so as to avoid condensation. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to surfaces angled at less than 10º. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • The mortar is not watertight, but it does give the support sufficient waterproofing against rain water. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT CAL TRADICIONAL used is 13 kg/m2 per cm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: Blanco - Hueso - Marfil - Paja - Piedra - Beige - Tostado - Gamuza - Amarillo - Ocre - Teja - Rubí. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

193

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Decorative render for all kinds of façades and interiors, for restoring landmark or old buildings. For supports used for rehabilitating buildings, or which are unlikely to adhere well, please contact our Technical Department.

REVAT FINE LIMESTONE STUCCO WITH FLOATED FINISH

CAL ESTUCO

DESCRIPTION REVAT CAL ESTUCO is a fine mortar based on aerated limestone, selected aggregates, synthetic resins and different additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

40 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

194

Compressive strength

CSI (0.4 - 2.5 N/mm2)

Capillarity water absorption

Adhesion

≥ 0.30 N/mm2

REVAT CAL ESTUCO

PROPERTIES Highly decorative finish. Very easy to apply. SUPPORT On PROPAM REVOC mortars, traditional mortar renderings, concrete, paint that is in good condition, plaster, plasterboard. The support must be completely set, strong and free from dust and grease. HOW TO USE PREPARING THE SUPPORT: 1. The prior rendering can be done with PROPAM REVOC or REVAT CAL BASE, which provides regular, strong and impermeable support. 2. If applying to smooth concrete, this must be thoroughly free from any remains of release agents. PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. Mix the REVAT CAL ESTUCO with 40% clean water (10 litres for every 25 kg bag). 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste. 3. Leave the already kneaded product to stand for about 5 minutes. 4. Always use the same proportion of water to avoid changes in colour tone.

APPLICATION 1. Spread the mass of REVAT CAL ESTUCO in a layer 2 to 4 mm thick, using a trowel. 2. The work joints can be limited with adhesive painting tape. 3. The finish is obtained by floating the applied material with a fine, soft sponge. PRECAUTIONS • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT CAL ESTUCO used is 3 - 4 kg/m2. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: Blanco - Salmón - Verde - Crema - Gris - Rojo - Beige - Azul - Piedra. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

195

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Decorative finish, in limestone base, for all kinds of façades and indoor surfacing.

REVAT FINE LIMESTONE STUCCO WITH MATT OR GLOSSY FINISH

CAL FINO

DESCRIPTION REVAT CAL FINO is a fine mortar based on aerated lime, selected aggregates, synthetic resins and different additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Reaction to fire

Euroclass F

Paste product Mixing water

60 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

196

Compressive strength

CSI (0.4 - 2.5 N/mm2)

Capillarity water absorption

Adhesion

≥ 0.30 N/mm2

REVAT CAL FINO APPLICATIONS Highly decorative finish para todo kinds of façades and indoor surfacing. PROPERTIES Highly decorative finish. Fine, soft and silky texture. Very easy to apply. SUPPORT It must always be applied to a base of floated REVAT CAL ESTUCO. The support must be completely set, strong and free from dust and grease.

PRECAUTIONS • Do not apply in direct sunlight or strong winds. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • Protect the lower parts of buildings with base plates. • During application, protect the areas exposed by rain. • In outdoor applications it is advisable to protect using REVAT PROTEC.

HOW TO USE

PREPARING THE MIXTURE: 1. Mix the REVAT CAL FINO with 60% clean water (1.8 litres for every 3 kg bag). 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even paste that is smooth to the touch. 3. Leave the already kneaded product to stand for about 5 minutes. 4. Always use the same proportion of water to avoid changes in colour tone.

PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT CAL FINO used is 0.3 kg/m2. PACKAGING Boxes with 4 x 3 kg bags. Colours: Blanco - Salmón - Verde - Crema - Gris Rojo - Beige - Azul - Piedra. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

APPLICATION 1. Over REVAT CAL ESTUCO spread a 1 mm thick layer of REVAT CAL FINO, and level it with a stainless steel trowel. - matt finish: pass over once with the trowel, without revising. - gloss finish: level and polish to bring out the shine. 2. The work joints can be limited with adhesive painting tape.

197

Renders for façades and indoors

PREPARING THE SUPPORT: 1. Apply a layer about 3 mm thick of REVAT CAL ESTUCO float and leave to dry.

REVAT ACRYLIC COATING FOR FAÇADES

FILM

DESCRIPTION REVAT CAL FILM is a coating based on styrene-acrylic copolymer resins, fillers, mineral pigments and additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish.

TECHNICAL DATA

198

Bulk density

1.35 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Reaction to fire

Non-inflammable

Drying via repainting

8 to 12 hours

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Dry to the touch

1 to 3 hours

Content in Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)

< 40 g/l

REVAT FILM

PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water. Breathable. Excellent adherence to support. Excellent weather resistance. SUPPORT The support must be completely set, strong and free from dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. When applied to old coatings, make sure the support is in good conditions and adheres well. HOW TO USE 1. Shake the drum contents mechanically. 2. For the first coat, dilute between 10 and 15% with water, according to support porosity. 3. For subsequent coats, up to 10% can be diluted and applied with a wide brush, roller or airless gun. 4. Use adhesive painting tape to define working joints.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Protect the edges against rain water ingress. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Clean tools immediately with water. • If the product splashes, wash with plenty of water and, if necessary, seek medical advice. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT FILM used in 3 to 5 m2/kg per coat and according to type of support. PACKAGING 20 kg plastic packaging. Colours: consult colour swatch. STORAGE Original well closed packaging, in covered areas, protected from heat, humidity and cold (freezing conditions): 2 years.

199

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Coating for all kinds of façades and interiors on cement mortar renderings, plaster, concrete and paint in good condition.

REVAT ACRYLIC MORTAR FOR FAÇADES RENDERS

PLAS

DESCRIPTION REVAT PLAS is a render mortar based on acrylic copolymer resins, selected aggregates and additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish.

TECHNICAL DATA

200

Bulk density

1.7 ± 0.2 g/cm3

Reaction to fire

Non-inflammable

Application thickness

2 to 3 mm

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Dry to the touch

1 to 3 hours

Content in Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)

< 40 g/l

REVAT PLAS

PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water. Breathable. Excellent adherence to support. Excellent weather resistance. SUPPORT The support must be completely set, strong and free from dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. When applied to old coatings, make sure the support is in good conditions and adheres well. HOW TO USE 1. Shake the packaging contents mechanically. 2. When applying with a gun, if necessary, add up to 1 litre (max) of water for each packaging. 3. Apply the material to the support with a trowel or gun, depending on the desired finish. 4. Use adhesive painting tape to define working joints. 5. Finally, the material can be floated after 10 to 30 minutes, depending on environmental conditions.

PRECAUTIONS • Apply to vertical surfaces, or surfaces inclined at least 45ºC. • Not applicable to horizontal surfaces exposed to rain water. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Protect the edges against rain water ingress. • Clean tools immediately with water. • If the product splashes, wash with plenty of water and, if necessary, seek medical advice. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of REVAT PLAS used is 2-3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 20 kg plastic packaging. Colours: consult colour swatch. STORAGE Original well closed packaging, in covered areas, protected from heat, humidity and cold (freezing conditions): 2 years.

201

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Render for all kinds of façades and interiors on cement mortar renderings, plaster, concrete, etc.

PROPAM WATER REPELLENT RENDERING MORTAR

REVOC

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM REVOC mortar is formulated on the basis of cement, aerated limestone, selected silicas and additives, which afford it very good workability properties and great waterproofing.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -1

Powdered product Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 2%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

16 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

202

Compressive strength

CSIV (≥ 6 N/mm2)

Capillarity water absorption

W2 (≤ 0.2 kg/m2·min1/2)

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 15

Adhesion after climatic cycles.

≥ 0.3 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

0.7 ± 0.1 W/m·K

PROPAM REVOC

HOW TO USE 1. Mix manually or mechanically with approximately 16% of water (4 litres approximately for each 25 kg bag), to obtain a smooth, even mass. 2. If using the actual spraying machine to mix it, adjust the water content so that the material flows easily through the hose, but does not hang down once applied to the wall. 3. Its high open time means that large working areas can be spread and then levelled. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM REVOC used is 20 kg/m2 per cm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

203

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS The PROPAM REVOC mortar is indicated for general masonry tasks: brickwork, plastering, renderings, light wells, garages, etc. It improves the characteristics of traditional mortars and is also prepared for use with a spraying machine. At the same time, it can receive any other type of finish, with decorative styles.

PROPAM WATER REPELLENT RENDERING MORTAR WITH FINE FINISH

FINO

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM FINO mortar is formulated on the basis of cement, selected silica aggregates and additives that give it good workability properties and stability during machine spraying.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -1

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

19 ± 1 %

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

204

Compressive strength

CSIV (≥ 6 N/mm2)

Capillarity water absorption

W2 (≤ 0.2 kg/m2 · min1/2)

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 15

Adhesion after climatic cycles.

≥ 0.3 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

0.7 ± 0.1 W/m·K

PROPAM FINO

PROPERTIES Easy to apply. Good fluidity in spraying machine. Accepts any kind of finish (smooth, floated, swirled, Austrian-rococo-stucco, etc.). High impermeability to rain water. SUPPORT The support must be a mortar rendering that has set completely, and is strong and free from dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Do not apply to plaster, paint or non absorbent surfaces.

HOW TO USE 1. Knead manually or mechanically with approximately 19% of water (4.5 litres approximately for each 25 kg bag), to obtain a smooth, even mass. 2. Leave to stand for 5 minutes and mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. If using the actual spraying machine to mix it, adjust the water content so that the material flows easily through the hose, but does not hang down once applied to the wall. 3. Spread with a trowel so as to level the thickness, which must never exceed 7 mm, or be less than 4 mm. 4. When it starts to harden, apply the desired finish. 5. It is advisable to wet the mortar 24 hours after its application. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM FINO used is 9 kg/m2 per 5 mm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

205

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS For use indoors and outdoors, both on walls and roofs, on rendering prior to cement mortar. Indicated for fixing in a fine layer as a finishing mortar on renderings in light wells, garages, façades, interiors, etc. It improves the characteristics of traditional mortars and is also prepared for use with a spraying machine. At the same time, it can receive any other type of finish, with decorative styles.

PROPAM FINE RENDER FOR SUPERFICIAL LEVELLING

RENOVACIÓN

DESCRIPTION PROPAM RENOVACIÓN is a hydraulic mortar that acts as a waterproofing coating for repairing façades, and it is specially designed for rehabilitating façades with glass plates. It is formualted on the basis of cement, selected aggregates and resins. TECHNICAL DATA

206

Bulk density in powder format.

1.4 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Mixing water

20 ± 1 %

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Flexural strength

≥ 3 N/mm2

Compressive strength

CSIV (≥ 6 N/mm2)

Tensile strength on concrete

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Capillarity coefficient

W2 (≤ 0.2 g/dm2·min1/2)

PROPAM RENOVACIÓN

PROPERTIES Provides a very fine, white finish. Water vapour permeable, thereby preventing possible condensation. Great adherence to a large variety of concrete and masonry surfaces. Easy to apply. Without slip. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc. If the support is not in good condition, it must be repaired, by removing the parts that do not adhere well. With very absorbent supports, first apply PROPAM DUR. Protect the metallic pars with a non corrodible primer.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix approximately with 20% of clean water (5 litres for every 25 kg bag) to obtain a smooth, even slurry. 2. To apply, spread the product on to the surface to be levelled, in a layer 2 to 3 mm thick. Depending on the state of the support and particularly glass plate fibre supports, it is advisable to apply the AISTERM glass mesh while the paste is still wet. There must be a 10 cm overlap with the next net. For a good quality final finish, it is advisable to apply a second levelling coat and then float. 3.In the case of façades with glass tiles, once all the mortar is dry, it can be coated with REVAT PLAS or REVAT FILM. For this application, one coat mortar cannot be used as a coating. PRECAUTIONS • Do not apply to plaster. PERFORMANCE The amount of PROPAM RENOVACIÓN used is 1.3 kg/m2 per mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 1 year.

207

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS On cement, concrete, brick and stone supports. Indoors and outdoors. Fine layer fixing and levelling. It can be applied to concrete, plaster mortar, one coats, etc, providing that the supports are cohesive, well adhered and free of dust, oil and grease.

PROPAM SETTING ACCELERATOR AGENT FOR ONE COAT MORTARS

ACEL

DESCRIPTION Liquid acceleror for chloride free mortars.

TECHNICAL DATA

208

Appearance

Liquid

Bulk density

1.35 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Reaction to fire

Non-inflammable

7±1

PROPAM ACEL

PROPERTIES Reduced on site application time. Scraping can be done the same day, during cold periods. Does not corrode reinforcements or metal sections. HOW TO USE 1. Replace 1 litre of mixing water with 1 litre of PROPAM ACEL for every 6 bags of REVAT one coat mortar. 2. It is advisable to meter mortars doses according to approximately 1% of the cement’s weight. Any queries should be addressed to the Technical Department.

PRECAUTIONS • It is always advisable to conduct a test first to adjust the required setting and hardening speed. • Apply between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Use within the range of application temperatures for one coat mortars. • If the product splashes, wash with plenty of water and, if necessary, seek medical advice. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM ACEL used is 1 litre per every 9 m2 of REVAT one coat mortar applied. PACKAGING 25 litre plastic drums. STORAGE Original well closed packaging, in covered areas, protected from heat, moisture and cold (freezing conditions): 2 years.

209

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Reduced waiting times for scraping the REVAT one coat mortars, particularly during cold periods. It accelerates the setting and hardening times in all kinds of cement mortar.

PROPAM SURFACE HARDENER

DUR

DESCRIPTION Liquid surface hardener, based on resins, and solvent free.

TECHNICAL DATA

210

Appearance

Liquid

Bulk density

1.00 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Reaction to fire

Non-inflammable

8.5 ± 0.5

PROPAM DUR

PROPERTIES High penetrating capacity. Easy to apply. Does not corrode reinforcements or metal sections. SUPPORT The support must be clean, dry and free from dust, paint or other pollutants that can affect the product’s penetrating capacity. HOW TO USE 1. Open the drum before use. 2. Apply just as it is, either with a wide brush, roller or airless gun. It is always advisable to carry out a test first to check final colour tone.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Apply between +5ºC and +35ºC. • If the product splashes, wash with plenty of water and, if necessary, seek medical advice. PERFORMANCE The amount of PROPAM DUR used is 0.2 litres/m2. PACKAGING 25 litre plastic drums. Appearance: liquid. STORAGE Original well closed packaging, in covered areas, protected from heat, humidity and cold (freezing conditions): 2 years. Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Hardens the surface of all kinds of mortar wall surfacing that tends to break up on the surface.

211

REVAT PROTECTIVE AND WATERPROOFING LIQUID

PROTEC

DESCRIPTION REVAT PROTEC is a protective, waterproofing solution that easily penetrates inside the ceramic tile and mortar; this creates a barrier to prevent humidity entering, thereby avoiding stains and efflorescence. It is available in two versions: • water base (REVAT PROTEC ACU) • organic base (REVAT PROTEC ORG)

TECHNICAL DATA REVAT PROTEC ACU

212

REVAT PROTEC ORG

Appearance

Liquid

Density at 20ºC

1.20 ± 0.10 g/cm3

0.85 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Solvent

Water

Organic

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

> 12

–

Reaction to fire

Non inflammable

Inflammable

REVAT PROTEC

PROPERTIES Excellent penetrating capacity. Protection against saltpeters, moisture, dust, etc. Prevents efflorescence. Does not modify the original texture of the support. Resistant to household detergents and cleaning products. HOW TO USE The support must be strong, completely set and free from dust, paint, oil, etc. If there is any efflorescence, cement remains or joint sealing remains, these must first be removed with DESINCRUSTANTE DE CEMENTO. REVAT PROTEC ACU: It must be diluted with 3 or 4 parts of water, and applied with a wide brush, roller or gun. Since the product is an aqueous solution, it is advisable to apply it to dry materials, to ensure correct treatment. Only apply to the surface once.

PERFORMANCE • Do not spray the material on to materials that are alkali sensitive (aluminium, light alloys, wood), since this is an alkali product. • Avoid direct contact with the product. • Use protective goggles and polyethylene or plastic gloves. • Avoid inhaling the fumes, and try to work in well ventilated areas. • Keep out of the reach and sight of children. PERFORMANCE The amount used depends on the porosity of the material to which it is applied, the intensity of the treatment and the application system. As a guideline, the amount to use is as follows: REVAT PROTEC ACU: 1 litre every 10-15 m2. REVAT PROTEC ORG: 1 litre every 7-10 m2. PACKAGING 5 and 25 litre plastic drums. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from damp conditions: 2 years. Avoid freezing conditions and temperatures above 35ºC. On some occasions, and after a certain time in storage, small reddish brown lumps may appear, but they do not alter the product’s efficiency. REVAT PROTEC ORG must be stored in ventilated areas and away from intense heat spots.

REVAT PROTEC ORG: Apply to the support directly, without diluting, using a wide brush, roller or gun. On very porous surfaces, once the first layer is dry, it is advisable to repeat the treatment for better results. With both products, apply evenly all over the surface, without it accumulating anywhere, as this will be noticeable once dry. Always test first, before carrying out the treatment, to make sure that the colour tone of the treated support is not altered. The waterproofing effect is obtained 3 days after application.

213

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS Treatment of absorbent ceramic parts: stoneware, terracotta, etc. Protection of ceramic coatings in kitchens, bathrooms, etc. Treatment of façades in natural stone, brick and other porous materials.

PROPAM ADHERENCE PRIMER

FIX

DESCRIPTION PROPAM FIX is formulated on the basis of water based resins, mineral fillers and additives that increase the anchorage of one coat mortars used on non absorbent supports.

TECHNICAL DATA

214

Appearance

Liquid

Bulk density

1.50 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Reaction to fire

Non inflammable

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Content in Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)

< 40 g/l

PROPAM FIX

PROPERTIES Excellent adherence SUPPORT The support must be completely set, strong and free from dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. When applied to old coatings, make sure the support is in good conditions and adheres well. HOW TO USE 1. Dilute 1 part water with 2 parts PROPAM FIX and mix with a slow mechanical beater. 2. Apply with a roller or wide brush. During the application, shake the mixture from time to time so that no sediment forms. 3. Finally, apply the REVAT one coat mortar once the PROPAM FIX primer layer has dried.

PRECAUTIONS • Once the PROPAM FIX has been applied, do not wait more than 3 days before applying the one coat mortar. • Do not apply if there is a risk of rain or freezing temperatures. • Use within the range of application temperatures for one coat mortars. • If the product splashes, wash with plenty of water and, if necessary, seek medical advice. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM FIX used is 0.3 kg/m2, undiluted. PACKAGING 20 kg plastic packaging. Colour: green. STORAGE Original well closed packaging, in covered areas, protected from heat, humidity and cold (freezing conditions): 2 years from the manufacturing date.

215

Renders for façades and indoors

APPLICATIONS On smooth concrete. On surfaces without superficial absorption. Applicable both indoors and outdoors.

Humidity and thermal insulation treatment HUMIDITY TREATMENTS

218

1. General points

218

2. Origin

218

3. The CTE and humidity treatment

219

THERMAL INSULATION

219

1. General points

219

2. Thermal insulation and CTE

219

3. Building energy efficiency certificate

219

4. External Thermal Insulation Composite Systems (ETICS)

219

SOLUTIONS FOR HUMIDITY AND THERMAL INSULATION TREATMENT

221

SATE: How to thermally insulate a faรงade on the outside

222

How to waterproof cements on new buildings

228

How to waterproof a swimming pool

230

How to waterproof a basement, garage, walls, lift shafts, etc.

232

How to correctly block water leaks

234

How to solve humidity problems in base plates

236

How to fix glass wool in an enclosure chamber

238

PRODUCTS 241

217

Humidity and thermal insulation treatment

SATE: How to thermally insulate a faรงade with the Term 50 system 224

Humidity and thermal insulation treatment Humidity treatment 1. General points Humidity is one of the main conditions causing the deterioration of building materials. In addition to the significant deterioration caused in wall component materials, it also corrodes the metallic frameworks. FILTRATIONS Water accesses the inside of homes through cracks in the enclosure, deteriorated expansion joints, deteriorated roofs and terraces, cracks in outdoor plaster renders...

CAPILLARY ASCENSION The water from the ground ascends through the walls, deteriorating them and causing visible damage in the renderings.

CONDENSATION The water vapour contained in the atmosphere inside homes condenses when it comes into contact with cold walls. It usually appears frequently in places with little ventilation.

220

from the foundations, sanitation problems (fungi and micro-organisms), and deteriorated installations (electrical wiring, conduits...). 2. Origin Normally its origin is due to:

3.The CTE and treating humidity The Código Técnico de la Edificación, in the Basic Document HS on Sanitation talks about protecting against humidity in the construction of new buildings. Article 13 (section 13.1) establishes the basic requirements in this issue: Basic requirement HS1: Protection against humidity. “Limiting the foreseeable risk of the inappropriate presence of water or humidity inside buildings and its enclosures as a result of rainfall water, runoffs, from the ground or from condensation, by providing means to prevent the water from penetrating or, where applicable, to allow it to be removed without causing damage”.

3. Building energy efficiency certificate By virtue of Royal Decree 47/2007 approved on 19-1-2007 and in force since 31-10-2007, newly built buildings must have an Energy Efficiency Certificate. Each building will be assigned an energy classification according to a scale of seven letters and seven colours, ranging from the most efficient building (class A) to the least efficient (class G).

The special PROPAMSA surface waterproofing mortars provide a solution for various situations where there is, or there may be, a problem with humidity.

1. General points Energy consumption in Spanish homes represents about 20% of the country’s total consumption and in the last 15 years, there has been a sustained, upward increase. This is due, partly, to the fact that half of the buildings are built without appropriate thermal protection; in other words, without the necessary thermal insulation. 2. Thermal insulation and TBC The recent entry into force of Royal Decree 314/2006, of 17 March, approving the Código Técnico de la Edificación (CTE) intends, inter alia, to reduce energy consumption in buildings through stricter legislation. The corresponding Basic Document (DB HE), Basic Requirement HE-1 Limiting the energy demand explains that buildings will have a “thermal wrapping” to appropriately limit the energy demand, which is necessary for reaching thermal well-being, according to the climate of the town where the building is used and the time of year (summer or winter).

4.External Thermal Insulation Composite Systems (ETICS) Within this legislative framework, an insulation solution for improving the energy use of the building’s wrapping, is provided by the External Thermal Insulation Composite System (ETICS). Generally, the system is based on adhering various types of insulating plates with variable thicknesses, to the building enclosure, using hydraulic mortar and mechanical attachments. The surface of the plates is protected with the same mortar reinforced with net, and at the end it is given a decorative finish. PROPAMSA provides the AISTERM SYSTEM as an external thermal insulation solution, certified by the Eduardo Torroja Institute by means of the Documento de Idoneidad Técnica Europeo (DITE).

221

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

Thermal insulation

Humidity and thermal insulation treatment

Solutions for humidity and thermal insulation treatments 1. ETICS How to thermally insulate a faรงade on the outside

222

2. ETICS How to thermally insulate a faรงade with the Term 50 system 224 228

4. How to waterproof a swimming pool

230

5. How to waterproof a basement, garage, walls, lift shafts, etc...

232

6. How to correctly block water leaks

234

7. How to solve humidity problems in base plates

236

8. How to lay glass wool in an enclosure chamber

238

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

3. How to waterproof cements on new buildings

223

How to thermally insulate a façade on the outside Almost twenty percent of the energy that a building looses, escapes through the thermal bridges, like, the join between the enclosure and slabs, with flashing and glass surfaces. It is essential, therefore, to apply building practices aimed at eliminating them, or reducing their effects, and external thermal insulation (ETICS) is one of the most important measures. The buildings built a few decades ago do not have the necessary construction elements to reduce energy losses.

External

The Código Técnico de la Edificación (CTE) is the new standard for regulating the construction of all new buildings and the rehabilitation of existing ones, in an attempt to obtain more efficient buildings, from the point of view of energy use.

Diagram of a building’s thermal wrap

224

1 3 4 3 6

Since they are not fitted with air chambers, the heat energy exchange with the outside environment is produced through the brickwork and where it joins the slabs.

Internal

According to the CTE and via the external thermal insulation system, thermal bridging is eliminated and energy exhanges are minimised.

1 - Insulation board 2 - Dowels (plugs) 3 - Mortar PROPAM AISTERM 4 - Mesh 5 - Sections 6 - Finishing coating REVAT FILM + REVAT PLAS

Internal

External

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT The support must be stable, clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. Do not apply to plaster remains.

COMPLEMENTS For the AISTERM system, it is necessary to use sections, plugs and reinforcement net.

Mortar beater. The paste for floating must be mixed with a stirrer or suitable electric mixer to obtain a smooth mixture without any lumps.

Floating the panels. The mortar is applied to the panels in a perimetral bead or ribbon, about 3-4 cm from the panel edge so as to prevent the paste from entering the joints; the perimetral bead is complemented with three central points or daubs.

Mechanical attachment. To complement the floating system, the insulation boards are to be attached using 90 mm long expansion plugs, approved by PROPAMSA SA.

Applying the mortar. Once the panels or boards, have been arranged, they are left to dry 24 h and are sanded to remove any small steps between them, and the side ledge or angular sections are put in place using the same adhesive as used to attach the boards.

Finish. Once PROPAM AISTERM has dried and hardened (min 24 h), REVAT FILM or REVAT PLUS can be applied.

Arranging the net. The adhesive (3-4 kg/m2) is spread in an even layer on to the panels, the mesh is arranged by applying pressure so that it penetrates the mortar, and another layer of adhesive is applied. 10 cm mesh overlaps. Adhesive-net-adhesive thickness = 2.5 mm at any point. The mesh must be in the middle.

RECOMMENDATIONS โ ข It must be applied between +5ยบC and +35ยบC and with relative humidity below 85%.

REFERENCE PRODUCTS PROPAM AISTERM page 242 REVAT PLAS page 200

REVAT FILM

page 198

225

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATION

How to thermally insulate a façade on the outside using the TERM 50 MINERAL finish system Using a light thermo-insulating mortar for an External Thermal Insulation System is a highly innovative alternative with proven efficiency compared with the expanded polystyrene (EPS) system or mineral wool (MW).

The façades on new buildings must fulfil the energy conditions imposed by the current Código Técnico de la Edificación (CTE).

The high insulation capacity of the PROPAM TERM 50 mortar, with a thermal conductivity rate of λ = 0.05 W/m.K, can reduce energy consumption and improve the user´s wellbeing and comfort.

The TERM 50 SYSTEM eliminates thermal bridging and the risk of condensation inside the home, thanks to its high vapour permeability, with a water vapour diffusion resistance factor of µ ≤15.

It is applied continuously, allowing thicknesses between 20 and 80 mm, and adapts perfectly to any façade geometry, providing continuous, solid thermal insulation, with different finishes and excellent mechanical resistance to impact and punching.

Reduces construction costs.

The system is made up of: 1- Mortar PROPAM TERM 50 2- Finishing coating REVAT MINERAL

226

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

The support must be stable, clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. Do not apply to plaster remains.

Prepare the support using the appropriate rulers so as to limit the the total thickness of the Thermal Insulation System (PROPAM TERM 50 + REVAT MINERAL) and the size of the application surface.

Apply PROPAM TERM 50 via mechanical spraying. It can also be applied by trowel in areas where it is difficult to use the spraying machine. About 3 kg/m2 and cm thickness are used.

Use a ruler to obtain a flat, stable surface.

When the application thickness is between 40 and 80 mm, apply PROPAM TERM 50 in two equal layers. The first layer must include the fiberglass mesh 10x10 mm (alkali resistant), which is to be pressed into the surface of the mortar using a trowel.

After 24 h, secure the mesh with mechanical anchors (AISTERM ISO plastic plugs 10X90)

The second layer must be applied once the first layer has dried (1 day per cm thicknesses)

227

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATION

Solution 5

Before applying the finishing coating, wait until the PROPAM TERM 50 dries (1 day per cm thickness).

Apply REVAT MINERAL reinforced with fiberglass mesh directly on top of PROPAM TERM 50. Once completed, the recommended thickness for this layer is 10 mm.

The TERM 50 SYSTEM also allows for other finishes: acrylic mortar (REVAT PLAS), flexible limestone stucco (REVAT CAL FINO) and ceramic coating; for any of these finishes it is necessary to first apply a double layer of PROPAM AISTERM with AISTERM N-H3625 mesh (centred in the thickness), to the surface of PROPAM TERM 50. RECOMMENDATIONS It must be applied between +5ยบC and +35ยบC. In hot weather or dry winds, the support must be moistened with water. To apply the TERM 50 SYSTEM with a ceramic finish, it is necesssary to first study the specific characteristics of each project and consult with the manufacturer to determine the appropriate fixing method according to the size of the chosen tile. As a cementitious adhesive with this type of finish, always use PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (C2TES2), a high performance and highly deformable organic adhesive.

REFERENCE PRODUCTS PROPAM TERM 50 PROPAM AISTERM REVAT MINERAL REVAT PLAS REVAT FILM REVAT CAL FINO

228

page 244 page 242 page 186 page 200 page 198 page 196

AISTERM SYSTEM PROFILE AISTERM ISO PLUG 10X90 AISTERM N-3625 (4X4 mm) MESH FIBERGLASS NET(10X10 mm) PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT (C2TES2)

page 321 page 321 page 321 page 321 page 94

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

How to waterproof cements on new buildings

One of the main functions of cements and embedded concrete walls is to prevent humidity from the ground reaching the building. Therefore it is necessary to form a waterproof barrier between the ground and this type of construction elements. 1

When this barrier does not exist, the humidity from the ground penetrates the foundations and ascends via capillary action through to the upper walls.

Also, the constant presence of humidity on surface coatings eventually deteriorates them.

Therefore humidity stains appear in building basements, which create unsanitary conditions that are harmful to health.

To waterproof cements and concrete walls, it is necessary to use PROPAM IMPE, that is, a hydraulic coating mortar that can withstand hydrostatic pressure and counterpressure. Use PROPAM IMPE FLEX, that is, a waterproofing mortar with great adherence and flexibility for supports where, in addition to previous conditions, temperature gradient movements are foreseen.

230

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

The support must be stable (wait a minimum of 28 days since the concrete element has been installed), and clean of dust, paint, slurries, cement remover remains...

Mix PROPAM IMPE with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm) and with 30% clean water to obtain a smooth, spreadable slurry.

Before applying, the support must be moistened slightly with water.

When the surface is fairly uneven, it is advisable to apply a first layer with a mortar consistency using a trowel (approximately 20% of water).

Apply a first layer to the previously moistened surface using a wide brush or roller in one direction. Do not spread the material excessively. Leave a good layer for appropriate waterproofing.

After 24 hours, apply a second layer crosswise to the first.

The final PROPAM IMPE finish can be applied by smoothing or floating with a trowel.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Repair any deteriorated concrete supports with the suitable repair mortar, before applying the waterproofing mortar PROPAM IMPE, PROPAM IMPE FLEX).

• Use PROPAM SEC to repair external walls affected by humidity and efflorescence. • Do not use PROPAM SEC to waterproof cements.

REFERENCE PRODUCTS PROPAM IMPE

PROPAM REPAR 40

page 298

PROPAM IMPE FLEX page 252

PROPAM GROUT

page 312

PROPAM SEC

page 248

PROPAM TAPAVÍAS

page 254

PROPAM REPAR 5

page 296

PROPAM CEM RAPID

page 308

page 250

231

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATION

How to waterproof a swimming pool

Correct swimming pool waterproofing is essential and must not be overlooked to ensure that the facility operates optimally and has a long service life. The reinforced concrete pool built with formwork is the traditional system, although it is used less frequently because the walls and floor are built separately, causing filtrations where they join.

The properties of sprayed or gunned concrete are the most suitable for building the pool, since it can provide a continuous wall with greater resistance and reduced thickness, for supporting and containing the pressure from the ground, offering optimum waterproofing thanks to its low porosity.

Full or empty, the swimming pool is always subject to stress like the hydrostatic pressure of the water and the counterpressure from the ground. Pressure

Counterpressure

To ensure swimming pool waterproofing, use PROPAM IMPE FLEX, that is, a coating mortar for waterproofing surfaces, with great adherence and flexibility, capable of withstanding the hydrostatic pressure and counterpressure, and the movements caused by thermal shocks.

232

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT The support must be stable (wait at least 28 days after installing the concrete element), and be clean of dust, paint, slurry, concrete remover remains...

Mix PROPAM IMPE FLEX with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm) and with clean water to obtain a smooth, spreadable slurry.

Before applying, the support must be moistened slightly with water.

The support must be smooth. Fill any gaps or depressions with PROPAM REPAR 40, PROPAM REPAR 5, PROPAM TAPAVÍAS, or PROPAM IMPE FLEX (in this case, mix the product to mortar consistency, using approximately 20% water).

Apply a first layer to the previously moistened surface using a wide brush or roller in one direction. Do not spread the material excessively.

After 4 hours, apply a second layer crosswise to the first.

Once the PROPAM IMPE FLEX has been applied, it can be painted or covered with ceramic, using the appropriate adhesive mortar:

RECOMMENDATIONS

• When waterproofing cracked supports or ones where small movements are expected, use a fiberglass mesh between each layer. • If the finish is a ceramic coating, wait at least 4 days before laying the tiles.

• Usual supports for applying PROPAM IMPE FLEX are: smooth concrete, prefabricated concrete, mortar renderings and brickwork. • To ensure waterproofing, the thickness must be 2 mm at every point.

REFERENCE PRODUCTS PROPAM IMPE FLEX page 252 PROPAM IMPE page 250 PROPAM REPAR 5 page 296

PROPAM REPAR 40 PROPAM TAPAVÍAS

page 298 page 254

233

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATION

How to waterproof a basement, garage, wall, lift shaft... The appearance of humidity in basements, garages, embedded walls, lift shafts, etc., is one of the most common construction faults, which causes unsanitary conditions and deteriorates the surface coatings. The solution is to apply PROPAM IMPE, that is, a waterproofing coating that provides a humidity barrier.

If there are no barriers against it, the humidity from the ground ascends via capillary action to the upper walls.

The constant presence of humidity on renderings eventually deteriorates them.

When it enters the rendering stains appear creating unsanitary conditions that are harmful to health.

To waterproof basements, lift shafts, garages and concrete walls, it is necessary to use PROPAM IMPE, that is, a hydraulic waterproofing mortar that is effective both above and below the water table. Use PROPAM IMPE FLEX, that is, a waterproofing mortar with great adherence and flexibility for supports where, in addition to previous conditions, temperature gradient movements are foreseen.

234

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT Check the condition of the support by making sure that it is firm and strong.

Repair and level any deteriorated areas before applying the waterproofing coating.

Mix PROPAM IMPE with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm) and with 30% clean water to obtain a smooth, spreadable slurry.

Before applying, the support must be moistened slightly with water.

When the surface is fairly uneven, it is advisable to apply a first layer with a mortar consistency using a trowel (approximately 20% of water).

Apply a first layer to the previously moistened surface using a wide brush or roller in one direction. Do not spread the material excessively. Leave a good layer for appropriate waterproofing.

After 24 hours, apply a second layer crosswise to the first.

The final PROPAM IMPE finish can be applied by smoothing or floating with a trowel.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Repair any deteriorated concrete supports with the suitable repair mortar, before applying the waterproofing mortar PROPAM IMPE, PROPAM IMPE FLEX). • Prevent the appearance of efflorescence.

• Use PROPAM SEC to repair external walls affected by humidity and efflorescence. • Do not use PROPAM SEC to waterproof cements.

REFERENCE PRODUCTS PROPAM IMPE PROPAM IMPE FLEX

page 250 page 252

PROPAM SEC

page 248

235

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATION

How to correctly block water leaks

In order to block water leaks in areas subject to the pressure of this water, like tanks, pipes, tunnels, etc., it is necessary to use quick setting materials that interrupt the water flow instantly. The solution in these cases is to use PROPAM TAPAVÍAS, an easy-to-apply, extra quick setting mortar which, due to its technical characteristics, is appropriate for this type of repairs.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Holes or cracks must be cleaned with high pressure water so as to eliminate any loose particles and dust.

Trim the sides of the hole or crack at right angles, trying not to leave “V” shaped sections, so as to ensure adherence.

236

Wet the support before applying PROPAM TAPAVÍAS.

Add the necessary amount of water for mixing PROPAM TAPAVÍAS (about 140 cm3 per 500 gr) to a rubber bowl.

Mix vigorously and quickly by hand, wearing gloves, to obtain a smooth consistency.

Keep the paste on the glove until it has a firm but plastic consistency (starts to set).

Apply it directly to the water outlet point and apply pressure by hand for about 60 seconds.

Remove any excess material so that the repair is even with the surrounding support surface.

Keep the repair wet for about 15 minutes.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply in wet weather, or at temperatures below +5ºC or over +30ºC. • Individual protection elements are necessary (gloves, protective goggles, etc.) to apply the material.

• Use PROPAM CEM RAPID to detain small water filtrations in embedded structures.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM TAPAVÍAS

page 254

PROPAM CEM RAPID

page 308

237

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATION

How to solve humidity problems in base plates

The deterioration of the lower parts of walls due to humidity ascending via capillary action from the foundations, is one of the most common construction faults in homes. 1

Moisture from the ground penetrates the foundations and ascends via capillary action through to the upper walls. The salts that are entrained during this process are deposited inside the wall and the rendering.

The solution lies in using PROPAM SEC, that is, a water repellent mortar, impermeable to rain, with a highly decorative finish and easy to apply, which repairs walls affected by humidity and efflorescence, and prevents humidity in new buildings.

238

The continual presence of water and humidity in the wall causes hydration and an increase in the volume of these salts, which deteriorates the wall and plastering. The greater the amount of water and salts in the system, the quicker this phenomenon occurs.

Solution 1

Remove any deteriorated rendering and also the rendering lying at least 1 metre above the area affected by moisutre, to obtain a firm and stable support.

In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand.

Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns and slabs).

On smooth concrete supports, or non absorbent supports it is advisable to apply PROPAM FIX as a bonding interphase.

In stone walls, remove any deteriorated parts up to a depth of 2-5 cm and fill with the product and rubble or stones. In this type of walls it is advisable to attach a galvanished mesh and to apply the product additivated with PROPAM EMULSIÓN 1:4 with water.

Mix PROPAM SEC with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm) and with clean water to obtain an even, smooth paste.

Spread the paste perfectly by projecting it with a palette on to the support, until a minimum thickness of 2 cm is obtained at any point. Machine projectable.

Apply the finish (scraping, floating, drop) when the product has the necessary consistency, usually between 1 and 6 hours after application. It can be covered with materials that do not form a water vapour barrier.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Do not apply to places without ventilation, so as to avoid condensation. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to surfaces angled at less than 10%. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • It must be separated 1 cm from the floor to prevent

REFERENCE PRODUCTS PROPAM SEC

page 248

PROPAM FIX

page 214

PROPAM EMULSION page 102

239

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

PREPARING THE SUPPORT

How to fix glass wool in an enclosure chamber

The need to obtain efficient thermal insulation and even more so since the CTE came into force, has lead the construction industry to develop materials like glass wool, for use as thermal insulant and acoustic absorbant in enclosure walls in residential, commercial,industrial and service buildings. The solution lies in using PROPAM MUROS, that is, a hydraulic mortar that acts as a waterproofing, adhesive coating. Specially indicated for installing this type of panels or boards.

240

For correct installation, it is necessary to use a mortar that also waterproofs the enclosure against water entering from outside, without forming a vapour barrier.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Check the condition of the support; it must be strong and completely set, and clean of dust, paint, oils, etc..

The support must be moistened with water, particularly when there are strong winds or high temperatures.

Remove the mortar remains from the joints between bricks.

Project the material as evenly as possible, making sure that the enclosure surface is covered with it.

When the surface is fairly uneven, it is advisable to apply a first layer with a mortar consistency so as to cover any possible holes or cavities.

When the mortar is still fresh, attach the glass wool with manual pressure.

Raise the perforated brick so as to apply the chamber finish.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance.

• It is necessary to apply PROPAM MUROS using a mortar spraying machine fitted with a nozzle for a greater spraying radius.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM MUROS

page 246

241

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATION

Humidity and thermal insulation treatment

242

Products PROPAM AISTERM

242

PROPAM TERM 50

244 246

PROPAM SEC

248

PROPAM IMPE

250

PROPAM IMPE FLEX

252

PROPAM TAPAVIAS

254

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

PPROPAM MUROS

243

PROPAM ADHESIVE WATERPROOF MORTAR FOR FIXING AND PROTECTING POLYSTYRENE BOARDS

AISTERM

DESCRIPTION PROPAM AISTERM is a hydraulic mortar that acts as an adhesive, waterproofing coating, and it is formualted on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, specific additives, and waterproofing resins.

TECHNICAL DATA

244

Documento de Idoneidad Técnica

DITE 09/0005

Mixing water

19 ± 1%

Pot life

60 minutes

Application temperature

+10ºC to +35ºC

Traction adherence

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Flexural strength

≥ 3 N/mm2

Compressive strength

≥ 8 N/mm2

Capillarity coefficient

≤ 0.2 kg/m2 · min1/2

PROPAM AISTERM

PROPERTIES Great adherence for withstanding the polystyrene boards on a large variety of concrete and masonry surfaces. Water impermeable. Water vapour permeable, thereby preventing possible condensation. Easy to apply. High thixotrophic paste obtained, which allows layers up to 2 mm thick. High impact resistance. SUPPORT The support must be strong, stable, and clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. Suitable for any kind of porous surface. It must be applied between +5ºC and +35ºC and with relative humidity below 85%. Do not apply to plaster walls.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix the product with 19% clean water, to obtain a smooth paste. To adhere the polystyrene boards, the paste must be applied in perimeter ribbons and ~8 cm spots in the centre of the boards. Attachment plugs must be used. 2. The application thickness of the adhesive depends on the condition of the support. If the support is in poor condition, it needs to be repaired, and the deteriorated parts must be chipped and repaired. Stable cracks over 1 mm must be sealed with a mastic. If the cracks are not stable, they must be levelled to prevent stress being transmitted to the boards. 3. Board protection can be applied 24 h after fixing by spreading the adhesive product on to the board surface and when it is still wet, arranging the appropriate fiberglass mesh, with a 10 cm overlap with the next net. 4. Once the hardening layer has dried completely, apply REVAT FILM and REVAT PLUS as a decorative render. PERFORMANCE Amount used: PROPAM AISTERM, 2 to 3 kg/m2 to attach the boards, and 3 to 4 kg/m2 for the surface. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

245

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATIONS Fixing expanded polystyrene panels directly on to the enclosure with the advantage that they also act as a coating layer for the board, increasing its superficial strength. The product is used as an adhesive and hardener for thermal insulation boards in an external thermal insulation system. It can also be used as a superficial hardener in eaves, under roofs, etc, which are made with concrete structures and blocks or caissons of expanded polystyrene, respecting the general product application instructions.

PROPAM

LIGHT MORTAR FOR CONTINUOUS THERMAL INSUALTION

TERM 50

DESCRIPTION PROPAM TERM 50 is a very low density mortar that acts as a continuous thermal insulant. It is formulated on the basis of hydraulic binders, selected aggregates and specific additives. It is sold as a single component mortar.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998-1

Powdered product Reaction to fire

Euroclass A2

Paste product Mixing water

77 ± 5%

Bulk density

0.60 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

60 minutes

Hardened product

246

Compressive strength

CS I (0.4-2.5N/mm2)

Capillarity water absorption

W1 (≤ 0.4 kg/m2 · min1/2)

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 15

Adhesion

≥ 0.08 N/mm2

Thermal conductivity

T1 (0.05 W/m·K)

PROPAM TERM 50

PROPERTIES Machine projectable. Removes thermal bridging. Water permeable and water vapour permeable, thereby preventing possible condensation. High thixotrophy, which allows thicknesses of 2 to 8 cm. SUPPORT The support must be strong, stable, and clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. It can be applied to concrete, mortar, ceramic brick, thermoclay blocks, arlite blocks, lightweight blocks and old supports. It must be applied at temperatures between +5º and +35ºC. In hot weather or dry winds, the support must be moistened with water. Do not apply to plaster walls or non absorbent supports. HOW TO USE 1. Apply with a spraying machine, and to do this adjust the water flow rate to 5.8 litres of clean water per bag, to obtain an even paste. 2. Project the paste directly on to the wall and smooth with a ruler to obtain a flat, stable and even surface. The minimum layer thickness will be 20 mm and the maximum 40 mm. 3. To obtain thicknesses over 40 mm, two equal layers must be applied, including a fiberglass mesh with anti-alkali treatment in the first layer, and attaching this layer to the support with plastic plugs. Subsequently, apply the second layer to obtain the desired thickness.

4. Apply mortar protection PROPAM TERM 50, after 1 day per cm application thickness. To do this, apply a layer of PROPAM AISTERM to the mortar surface and when still wet arrange the AISTERM fiberglass mesh. Allow a 10 cm overlap with the next net. 5. Once the hardening layer has dried completely, apply the desired finishing layer with an acrylic type finish using REVAT FILM or REVAT PLAS, or with limestone stucco REVAT CAL ESTUCO, which in turn can be finished with an additional layer of REVAT CAL FINO. 6. If a one coat mortar finish is required, apply REVAT MINERAL directly on to PROPAM TERM 50, without having to add a protection layer with PROPAM AISTERM. PERFORMANCE Amount used of PROPAM TERM 50 is 3 kg/m2 per centimetre thickness. PRECAUTIONS • For applications over 40 mm, a fiberglass mesh must be used, secured with a mechanical anchor to the support, in the middle of the final thickness. • Do not cover structural joints, and interrupt the application at these points. Vertical divisions must be provided for surfaces over 25 m2. • Do not leave the product without a coating, particularly in outdoor applications. • Do not apply if rain or freezing temperatures are forecast. • Do not use on surfaces where water can stagnate. Protect the bottom parts of buildings with base plates. • The wall must be protected with elements that prevent the water running over its surface (eaves, weather boarding, guttering, etc.). PACKAGING 7.5 kg paper bags. Colour: white. STORAGE In original closed packaging, in covered areas: 1 year.

247

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATIONS • Mortar designed to create a continual external thermal insulation on façades and under the roof, both in new buildings and rehabilitation works. • Specially effective in solving thermal bridging where the support is uneven. • Fast, economic and effective solution to obtaining climatically well protected atmospheres, with the consequent energy saving.

PROPAM ADHESIVE WATERPROOF MORTAR FOR FIXING GLASS WOOL

MUROS

DESCRIPTION PROPAM MUROS is a hydraulic mortar that acts as an adhesive, waterproofing coating. It is formualted on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, specific additives, and waterproofing resins.

TECHNICAL DATA

248

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Mixing water

20 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

Maximum 90 minutes

Traction adherence

≥ 0.7 N/mm2

Flexural strength

≥ 3 N/mm2

Compressive strength

≥ 7 N/mm2

Capillarity coefficient

≤ 0.4 g/dm3·min1/2

Water vapor permeability

≥ 5 g/m2·h·mmHg

PROPAM MUROS APPLICATIONS Fixing glass wool panels directly on to the enclosure with the advantage of also providing waterproofing against the water that may enter through said enclosure. PROPERTIES Great adherence for supporting the glass wool panels. Great adherence on a large variety of concrete and masonry surfaces. Water impermeable. Water vapour permeable, thereby preventing possible condensation. Easy to apply. Machine sprayable. SUPPORT The support must be strong, stable, and clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. Before application, the support must be moistened with water, particularly when there are strong winds or high temperatures.

HOW TO USE 1. It must be applied using a mortar spraying machine fitted with a nozzle for a greater spraying radius. 2. The machine will project the material as evenly as possible, making sure that the enclosure surface is covered with the material (this is the only way to make sure that the surface is completely and correctly waterproofed). 3. When the surface is fairly uneven, it is advisable to apply a first layer with a mortar consistency so as to cover any possible holes or cavities. PERFORMANCE The amount of PROPAM MUROS is 1.8 kg/m2 per mm thickness. In practical applications, the amount used is about 9 kg/m2, although this may vary according to the smoothness of the support. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey.

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

SAFETY AND HYGIENE: All the information about conditions of use, storage, transport and removing chemical waste is available on the product Safety Sheet. The product and its packaging must be disposed of according to current legislation and it is the responsibility of the product end user. LEGAL NOTICE: The data contained in this document is based on our experience and technical knowledge, gained during laboratory assays, and our bibliography. We will not be responsible for any product applications not indicated in this file. The dosing and usage amount data are only guidelines, based on our experience, and may alter due to atmospheric or on-site conditions. For correct dosing and usage amounts, it is necessary to conduct a trial or assay â&#x20AC;&#x153;in situâ&#x20AC;?, for which the client is responsible. If you have any query or require addition information or clarification, please consult our technical department. The valid technical file will always be the latest version uploaded on www.propamsa.es January 2012.

249

PROPAM WATER REPELLENT MORTAR FOR TREATING HUMIDITY

SEC

DESCRIPTION PROPAM SEC is a mortar based on cement, selected aggregates, special fibres and different additives that provide a protective and decorative building finish. Indicated for repairing walls affected by humidity and efflorescence. It can be used to prevent humidity in new properties. TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998-1

Powdered product Bulk density

1.20 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Particles greater than 2.00 mm

≤ 1%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

22 ± 1%

Bulk density

1.70 ± 0.15 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

45 minutes

Hardened product

250

Compressive strength

CSII (1.5-5 N/mm2)

Water absorption via capillary action

≥ 0.3 kg/m2 after 24 hours

Adhesion

≥ 0.25 N/mm2

Water vapor permeability coefficient

≤ 15

Thermal conductivity

0.5 ± 0.1 W/m·K

Shrinkage

≤ 1.0 mm/m

Dynamic elasticity module

6500 ± 500 N/mm2

PROPAM SEC

PROPERTIES Impermeable to rain water. Permeable to water vapor to prevent condensation. Highly decorative finish. Allows different types of finish, like textured finishes, smooth or scraped finishes, etc. Allows oxide glazing and tints. SUPPORT Usual construction supports: ceramic brick, thermoclay blocks, concrete blocks, cement or concrete rendering. The support must be completely set, strong and clean of dust and grease. Remove any deteriorated parts, or parts that are in poor condition. In hot weather, and when working with very absorbent supports, it is advisable to wet the support beforehand. Fix the mesh where the various supports converge (columns and slabs). On smooth concrete supports, or non absorbent supports it is advisable to first apply PROPAM FIX as a bonding interphase. In stone walls, remove any deteriorated parts up to a depth of 2-5 cm and fill with the product and rubble or stones. With this type of walls it is advisable to attach a galvanished mesh and to apply the product additivated with PROPAM EMULSIÓN in a proportion of 1:4 with water.

HOW TO USE Preparing the mixture: 1. Mix PROPAM SEC with 22% clean water (5.5 l/25 kg bag). 2. Mix manually or mechanically to obtain a even, smooth paste. 3. Leave the already kneaded product to stand for about 5 minutes. 4. Always use the same proportion of water. Application 1. Spread the paste perfectly by projecting it with a palette or machine on to the support, until a minimum thickness of 2 cm is obtained at any point. 2.Apply the finish (scraping, floating, drop) when the product has the necessary consistency, usually between 1 and 6 hours after application. It can be covered with materials that do not form a water vapour barrier. PRECAUTIONS • Do not apply if there is a risk of freezing temperatures. • Do not apply to places without ventilation, so as to avoid condensation. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • Do not apply to surfaces angled at less than 10%. • Do not apply to areas immersed in water. • It must be separated at least 1 cm from the floor to prevent capillary ascension through the product. • The mortar is not watertight, but it does give the support sufficient waterproofing against rain water. PERFORMANCE The amount of PROPAM SEC used is 13 kg/ m2 per cm thickness. Any uneven surface on the support can alter product performance. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: white STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

251

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATIONS Façade coating directly applicable to the building enclosure. For supports used for rehabilitating buildings or with unlikely adherence, please contact our Technical Department. Once applied, it can only be covered with very breathable renders like REVAT CAL ESTUCO, one coat mortars in the REVAT range, acrylic mortars REVAT PLAS or mineral paints.

PROPAM COATING FOR WATERPROOFING SURFACES

IMPE

DESCRIPTION PROPAM IMPE is a hydraulic mortar that acts as a waterproofing coating. It is formualted on the basis of cement, selected aggregates and waterproofing resins.

TECHNICAL DATA Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Product kneaded as paint Mixing water

20 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Product kneaded as mortar Mixing water

20 ± 1%

Traction adherence

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Flexural strength

≥ 6 N/mm2

Compressive strength

≥ 20 N/mm2

Capillarity coefficient

≤ 0.2 g/dm2 · min1/2

Alters the drinking quality of the water

Null*

* Water potability certificate (Applus 2146/09/6365) fulfilling Annex I of Royal Decree 140/2003, which establishes the sanitary criteria of the quality of the water for human consumption, within the established parameters.

252

PROPAM IMPE APPLICATIONS Waterproofing of indoor and outdoor concrete and masonry surfaces. Waterproofing above and below the water table. Basements, lift shafts, tunnels, concrete pipes, swimming pools, etc. Waterproof coating on shower walls and floors, bathrooms and toilets, before laying wall tiles. Protective coating on concrete repair systems. PROPERTIES It is used both above and below the water table. Waterproofs in favour of and against hydrostatic pressure. Prevents the appearance of efflorescence. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. Before applying, the support must be moistened slightly with water.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix approximately with 20% of clean water (5 litres for every 25 kg bag) to obtain a smooth, workable consistency. 2. Apply a first layer to the previously moistened surface using a wide brush or roller in one direction. Do not spread the material excessively. Leave a good layer for appropriate waterproofing. 3. After 24 hours, apply a second layer crosswise to the first. 4. If the ambient temperature is very high, occasionally spray the surface with water to help the product set. 5. When the surface is fairly uneven, it is advisable to apply a first layer with a mortar consistency using a trowel (approximately 20% of water). PERFORMANCE The amount of PROPAM IMPE used is 1.5 kg/m2 per mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

SAFETY AND HYGIENE: All the information about conditions of use, storage, transport and removing chemical waste is available on the product Safety Sheet. The product and its packaging must be disposed of according to current legislation and it is the responsibility of the product end user. LEGAL NOTICE: The data contained in this document is based on our experience and technical knowledge, gained during laboratory assays, and our bibliography. We will not be responsible for any product applications not indicated in this file. The dosing and usage amount data are only guidelines, based on our experience, and may alter due to atmospheric or on-site conditions. For correct dosing and usage amounts, it is necessary to conduct a trial or assay â&#x20AC;&#x153;in situâ&#x20AC;?, for which the client is responsible. If you have any query or require addition information or clarification, please consult our technical department. The valid technical file will always be the latest version uploaded on www.propamsa.es January 2012.

253

PROPAM FLEXIBLE ONE COAT COATING FOR WATERPROOFING SURFACES

IMPE FLEX

DESCRIPTION PROPAM IMPE FLEX is a hydraulic mortar that acts as a flexible waterproofing coating, and it is formualted on the basis of cement, selected aggregates and waterproofing resins. TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 14891

CM OP

Bulk density in powder format

1.50 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Fire performance

Euroclass F

Product kneaded as paint Mixing water

23 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

20 minutes

Product kneaded as mortar Mixing water

20 ± 1%

Airtightness

without water penetration

Crack bridging

≥ 0.75 mm

Adherence after immersion in chlorinated water ≥ 0.5 N/mm2 Alters the drinking quality of the water

Null*

* Water potability certificate (Applus 2146/09/6364) fulfilling Annex I of Royal Decree 140/2003, which establishes the sanitary criteria of the quality of the water for human consumption, within the established parameters.

254

PROPAM IMPE FLEX

PROPERTIES Waterproofs in favour of and against hydrostatic pressure. Water vapour permeable, thereby preventing possible condensation. Great adherence on a large variety of concrete and masonry surfaces. Easy to apply. It prevents the appearance of carbonatation. SUPPORT The supports must be free of slurry remains and concrete removers, and any loose particles, and it is advisable to clean with pressurised water or sandblast. It can be applied to concrete, mortars, ceramic tiles and concrete prefabrictes. The support must be strong, completely set and clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. Before applying, the support must be moistened slightly with water.

HOW TO USE 1. Mix with an electric stirrer with approximately 23% of clean water (3.5 litres for every 15 kg bag) to obtain a smooth, workable consistency. 2. Apply a first layer to the previously moistened surface using a wide brush or roller in one direction. Do not spread the material excessively. Leave a layer of at least 2 kg/m2. 3. After 6 hours, apply a second layer crosswise to the first. If the supports are cracked or may be subject to slight movements, lay a fiberglass mesh between each layer, suitable for the applied thickness. 4. If the ambient temperature is very high, occasionally spray the surface with water to help the product set. 5. When the surface is fairly uneven, it is advisable to apply a first layer with a mortar consistency using a trowel (approximately 20% of water). 6. Wait at least 4 days before coating or filling the tank with water. PRECAUTIONS To ensure waterproofing, the thickness must be 2 mm at any point. It must be applied between +5ºC and +35ºC. Do not apply in direct sunlight. Do not apply if there is a risk of freezing temperatures, or if the support is thawing. On transitable floors, the mortar layer has to be protected. PERFORMANCE The amount of PROPAM IMPE FLEX used is 1.5 kg/m2 per mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

255

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

APPLICATIONS Waterproofing of indoor and outdoor concrete and masonry surfaces. Waterproofing above and below the water table. Basements, lift shafts, tunnels, concrete pipes, swimming pools, water tanks, etc. Flexible waterproof coating on shower walls and floors, bathrooms and toilets, before fixing tiles. Protective coating on concrete repair systems. Indicated for terraces and balconies and all applications in areas with significant changes in temperature. It can be used to waterproof cracked walls, as it withstands small movements. Do not apply to plaster surfaces.

PROPAM QUICK SETTING MORTAR FOR COVERING WATER LEAKS

TAPAVÍAS

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM TAPAVÍAS mortar is formulated on the basis of a mixture of special cements, selected aggregates and additives that help it to set extra quickly.

TECHNICAL DATA Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product

256

Mixing water

28 ± 0.1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Initial setting time

45 ± 15 seconds

Final setting time

90 ± 30 seconds

Volume performance

600 ± 50 cm3/kg

PROPAM TAPAVÍAS APPLICATIONS To stop water leaks, even high pressure leaks, in cracks or holes in concrete or basements, tunnels, tanks, wells, canals, mines, etc. Quick anchoring of pipe penetrations, railings, anchoring parts, etc. PROPERTIES Quick setting in a few seconds Easy to apply. Stops water leaks instantly. Good structural resistance. SUPPORT Holes or cracks must be cleaned with high pressure water so as to eliminate any loose particles and dust. The support must be wet before applying PROPAM TAPAVÍAS. It is important to trim the sides of the hole or crack at right angles, as much as possible, without leaving any “V” shaped sections, so as to ensure better adherence.

HOW TO USE 1. Add a small amount of PROPAM TAPAVÍAS and approximately 28% of clean water (about 140 cm3 per 500 gr) to a rubber bowl. 2. Mix vigorously and quickly by hand, wearing gloves, to obtain a smooth consistency. 3. Keep the paste on the glove until it has a firm but plastic consistency (starts to set). 4. Apply it directly to the water outlet point and apply pressure by hand for about 60 seconds. 5. Once the product has hardened, remove any excess material so that the repair is even with the surrounding support surface. 6. Keep the repair wet for about 15 minutes. PERFORMANCE This varies according to the treatment used, but is usually between 2 and 3 kg/m2. PACKAGING 5 kg airtight packaging. Colour: grey.

Humidity and thermal insulation treatments

STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

257

Floors levelling SELF-LEVELLING MORTARS

258 261

Levelling and creating pavement intended for a garage

262

Levelling and subsequent fixing light pavement (parquet, carpet...)

264

Levelling and subsequent laying of ceramic pavement

266

PRODUCTS

269

Floors levelling

SOLUTIONS FOR LEVELLING FLOORS

259

Floors levelling Self-levelling mortars

The term “self-levelling mortar” or “levelling paste” is defined in standard EN 13318 as: “layer or layers of material for continuous coating, arranged “in situ” on site, directly on the base, either adhered or not, or on an intermediate layer or insulating layer to reach a certain level, receive the final floor coating, or to act as the final floor”. This type of mortars replace traditional mortars in floor laying, providing important advantages such as performance, uniformity and easy, quick application.

260

The EN 13813 includes the specifications that self-levelling floor pastes must fulfil. This document is a harmonised standard and the specifications included are compulsory for any product sold in the EU since August 2004; therefore it requires EC labelling. The PROPAMSA levelling mortars provide smooth, level indoor surfaces of concrete, mortar or the like, with quick hardening and good adherence to the support, and a wide variety of finishes: ranging from the possibility of coating them with light pavements, ceramic tiles or even leaving them visible thanks to their high mechanical performance and abrasion resistance.

261

Floors levelling

262

Solutions for levelling floors 262

2. Levelling and subsequent fixing light pavement (parquet, carpet,..)

264

3. Levelling and subsequent fixing ceramic pavement

266

Floors levelling

1. Levelling and creating pavement intended for a garage

263

Levelling and creating pavement intended for a garage

To create and subsequently level a pavement intended for a garage, we need to use materials that can withstand the vehicles transiting over it. The solution lies in using BETOLEVEL 15 or BETOLEVEL 30, that is, a selflevelling mortar with a very high superficial hardness and resistance, capable of giving the pavement the mechanical properties needed for a correct and lasting application.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Check the condition of the support; it must be completely set and clean of dust, paint, oils, etc.

Repair all the gaps and deteriorated areas with the same levelling mortar BETOLEVEL 15 or BETOLEVEL 30, or with PROPAM REPAR 5 or PROPAM REPAR 40 if the support is concrete.

264

Check any smoothness differences.

Include structural, perimeter and partition joints. • Structural joints have to be filled with appropriate elastic materials, which keep the joint closed, protecting it while also leaving it active (BETOFLEX). • Perimeter joints 1 cm wide must be made in surfaces over 12 m2. Fill them with an elastic material, for example expanded polystyrene. • Partition joints 6 mm wide, in surfaces over 20 m2 and must be filled with a permanently elastic material (BETOFLEX).

APPLICATION 1

Mix BETOLEVEL 15 or BETOLEVEL 30 with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm), leave to stand for 2 minutes and mix again so that the paste is ready to be used.

Pour BETOLEVEL 15 or BETOLEVEL 30 on to the support and spread with a trowel to make levelling easier.

If applying a second layer, this must be applied as soon as the first layer can be walked on.

Wait between 8 and 12 hours before covering with ceramic tiles. Wait 72 hours before applying a paint finish.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Respect the mixing water and prepare the correct product mixture, without adding too much air. • The indicated thickness for BETOLEVEL 15 is between 3 and 15 mm, whereas for BETOLEVEL 30 it is between 8 and 30 mm. • On supports with underfloor heating, switch off the heating 24 hours before applying the product. • Before applying the paint finish, it is advisable to apply a primer coat with PROPAM DUR to ensure a more uniform finish.

Floors levelling

• Do not apply to outdoor pavement, or on floors with permanent humidity, or which are likely to produce humidity due to capillary action. • Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • If applying a second layer, the first one must not be allowed to dry completely, otherwise, a primer layer will be necessary using PROPAM EMULSIÓN. • It is advisable to use PROPAM DUR as a surface hardener for old mortars and concretes, before applying the product, and waiting 12 hours for it to dry.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM DUR BETOLEVEL 15 BETOLEVEL 30

page 210 page 272 page 274

PROPAM REPAR 5 page 296 PROPAM REPAR 40 page 298 PROPAM EMULSION page 102

265

Levelling and subsequent fixing light pavement (parquet, carpet...) Recently parquet floors have become a common decorative element, both in homes, industrial premises and supermarkets. To obtain quality finishes, with this type of light pavement, and with any other (carpet, PVC, rubber, ...), it is necessary to provide a support that is dry, flat, level and clean. The solution lies in using NIVELANTE 5, that is, a self-levelling mortar with excellent levelling capacity and quick hardening properties, which allows repairing and smoothing indoor surfaces of concrete, mortar and the like, before installing this type of coatings.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Check the condition of the support; it must be completely set and clean of dust, paint, oils, etc.

Repair all the gaps and deteriorated areas with the same levelling mortar NIVELANTE 5, or with PROPAM REPAR 5 or PROPAM REPAR 40 if the support is concrete.

266

Check any smoothness differences. The maximum application thickness will be 5 mm per layer.

APPLICATION 1

Mix NIVELANTE 5 with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm), leave to stand for 2 minutes and mix again so that the paste is ready to be used.

Pour NIVELANTE 5 on to the support and spread with a trowel to make levelling easier.

If applying a second layer, this must be applied as soon as the first layer can be walked on.

Wait between 8 and 12 hours before covering with the light pavement.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• It is advisable to use PROPAM DUR as a surface hardener for old mortars and concretes, before applying the product, and waiting 12 hours for it to dry. • Respect the mixing water and prepare the correct product mixture, without adding too much air. • On supports with underfloor heating, switch off the heating 24 hours before applying the product. • Do not apply outdoor, or on industrial floors.

Floors levelling

REFERENCE MATERIALS NIVELANTE 5 PROPAM DUR PROPAM EMULSION

page 270 page 210 page 102

PROPAM REPAR 5 PROPAM REPAR 40

page 296 page 298

267

Levelling and subsequent fixing ceramic pavement

To correctly install ceramic pavement in fine layers, it is essential to have a support in good condition with a suitably even surface. The solution lies in using BETOLEVEL 15 or BETOLEVEL 30, quick setting, selflevelling mortars with excellent adherence and hardness which allow increasing and preparing the support simply, quickly and safely before fixing the ceramic tiles.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

Check the condition of the support; it must be completely set and clean of dust, paint, oils, etc.

Repair all the gaps and deteriorated areas with the same levelling mortar BETOLEVEL 15 or BETOLEVEL 30, or with PROPAM REPAR 5 or PROPAM REPAR 40 if the support is concrete.

268

Check any smoothness differences to choose the appropriate reflooring mortar.

APPLICATION 1

Mix BETOLEVEL 15 or BETOLEVEL 30 with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm), leave to stand for 2 minutes and mix again so that the paste is ready to be used.

Pour BETOLEVEL 15 or BETOLEVEL 30 on to the support and spread with a trowel to make levelling easier.

If applying a second layer, this must be applied as soon as the first layer can be walked on.

Wait between 8 and 12 hours before covering with ceramic tiles.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• The indicated thickness for BETOLEVEL 15 is between 3 and 15 mm, whereas for BETOLEVEL 30 it is between 8 and 30 mm. • In specific cases when the product has to be laid quickly, use PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT, an adhesive mortar with high adherence and very high deformability, for minimising the stresses that can be transmitted to the ceramic coating due to the immaturity of the support. • On supports with underfloor heating, switch off the heating 24 hours before applying the product.

Floors levelling

REFERENCE MATERIALS BETOLEVEL 15 BETOLEVEL 30 PAM SUPERFLEX COMPACT PROPAM EMULSION

page 272 page 274 page 94 page 102

PROPAM DUR PROPAM REPAR 5 PROPAM REPAR 40

page 210 page 296 page 298

269

Floors levelling

Products 270

BETOLEVEL 15

272

BETOLEVEL 30

274

Floors levelling

NIVELANTE 5

271

NIVELANTE 5 GREAT ADHERENCE AND QUICK SETTING LEVELLING PASTE

DESCRIPTION NIVELANTE 5 is a levelling mortar made with a mixure of special cements, selected aggregates and organic additives.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 13813

CT-C16-F4

Powdered product Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 1%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

21 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

272

Compressive strength

≥ 16 N/mm2

Flexural strength

≥ 4 N/mm2

NIVELANTE 5 APPLICATIONS Smoothing and levelling indoor surfaces of concrete, mortar and the like, to coat with light pavement, like carpet, floating parquet, PVC, cork, rubber, etc. PROPERTIES Excellent levelling strength. High adherence. Does not splinter or crack. Quick hardening. Transitable after 3-4 hours, the setting times may be extended or shortened according to the ambient temperature and humidity. SUPPORT The supports must be hard, strong, dry and free of any remains of paint, plaster, varnish, etc. Therefore any of these product remains must be cleaned off, and any dust removed. It is appropriate to treat the surface with diluted hydrochloric acid and then rinse with plenty of water. It is advisable to use PROPAM DUR as a surface hardener for old mortars and concretes, before applying the product, and waiting 12 hours for it to dry. It is advisable to use a primer layer of PROPAM EMULSION as bonding interphase. Apply to the support and leave to dry until the surface looses its shine and becomes sticky.

OBSERVATIONS • Do not apply to outdoor surfacing, industrial floors, or floors with, or likely to produce permanent humidity due to capillary ascension. PERFORMANCE The amount of NIVELANTE 5 used depends on various factors, like the thickness of the layer applied, unevenness of the support, support porosity, etc. Approximately 1.7 kg/m2 is used per mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

Floors levelling

HOW TO USE The maximum application thickness will be 5 mm per layer. 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 5.5 litres of water until it is perfectly smooth. 2. Leave to stand for 2 minutes and mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 3.Pour the mixture on to the floor and spread the paste with a trowel to make levelling easier. 4. If applying a second layer, this must be applied as soon as the first layer can be walked on. 5. Wait between 12 and 18 hours before covering with the light pavement.

273

BETOLEVEL 15 SELF-LEVELLING REFLOORING MORTAR WITH EXCELLENT HARDNESS

DESCRIPTION BETOLEVEL 15 is a levelling mortar made with a mixure of special cements, selected aggregates and organic additives.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 13813

CT-C25-F6

Powdered product Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 1%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

20 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product

274

Compressive strength

≥ 30 N/mm2

Flexural strength

≥ 6 N/mm2

BETOLEVEL 15 APPLICATIONS Smoothing and levelling indoor surfaces of concrete, mortar and the like, in new buildings or buildings under rehabilitation, to coat with pavement, like ceramic tiles, carpet, floating parquet, PVC, cork, rubber, etc. The minimum application thickness depends on the premises, with 3 to 8 mm for floors with moderate traffic, and 8 to 15 mm for intense traffic. PROPERTIES Excellent levelling strength. Great adherence. High mechanical resistance. Does not splinter or crack. Quick hardening and drying. Transitable after 3-4 hours, the setting times may be extended or shortened according to the ambient temperature and humidity. SUPPORT The supports must be hard, strong, dry and free of any remains of paint, plaster, varnish, etc. Therefore any of these product remains must be cleaned off, and any dust removed. It is appropriate to treat the surface with diluted hydrochloric acid and then rinse with plenty of water. It is advisable to use PROPAM DUR as a surface hardener for old mortars and concretes, before applying the product, and waiting 12 hours for it to dry. It is advisable to use a primer layer of PROPAM EMULSION as bonding interphase. Apply to the support and leave to dry until the surface looses its shine and becomes sticky.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Respect the mixing water. • Fill in the structural joints with a permanently elastic material. • Make a perimetral joint with elastic material for surfaces over 12 m2 before applying the product, for example with 1 cm expanded polystyrene. • Make partition joints for surfaces over 20 m2, with a 6 mm joint and fill it in with BETOFLEX. • If applying a second layer, the first one must not be allowed to dry completely, otherwise, a primer layer will be necessary using PROPAM EMULSIÓN. • On supports with underfloor heating, switch off the heating 24 hours before applying the product. OBSERVATIONS • Do not apply to outdoor surfacing, or on floors with permanent humidity, or which are likely to produce humidity due to capillary action. PERFORMANCE The amount of BETOLEVEL 15 used depends on various factors, like the thickness of the layer applied, unevenness of the support, support porosity, etc. Approximately 1.7 kg/m2 is used per mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

Floors levelling

HOW TO USE The maximum application thickness will be 15 mm per layer. 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 5 litres of water until it is perfectly smooth. 2. Leave to stand for 2 minutes and mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 3. Pour the mixture on to the floor and spread the paste with a trowel to make levelling easier. 4. If applying a second layer, this must be applied as soon as the first layer can be walked on. 5. After 4 hours, the surface can be sanded. Wait between 12 and 18 hours before covering with the light pavement. To cover with ceramic tiles, wait between 8 and 12 hours, and if applying a paint finish, wait 72 hours.

275

BETOLEVEL 30 SELF-LEVELLING MORTAR WITH GREAT HARDNESS AND SUPERFICIAL STRENGTH

DESCRIPTION BETOLEVEL 30 is a levelling mortar made with a mixure of special cements, selected aggregates and organic additives.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 13813

CT-C35-F6

Powdered product Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 1%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

19 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Hardened product Compressive strength

≥ 30 N/mm2

Flexural strength

≥ 6 N/mm2

Abrasion resistance

276

BETOLEVEL 30 APPLICATIONS Smoothing and levelling indoor surfaces of concrete, mortar and the like, in new buildings or buildings under rehabilitation, to coat with pavement, like ceramic tile, carpet, floating parquet, PVC, cork, rubber, etc. The minimum application thickness is between 8 and 30 mm. Recommended for areas of intense traffic. PROPERTIES Excellent levelling strength. High adherence. High mechanical and abrasion resistance. Does not splinter or crack. Quick hardening and drying. Transitable after 3-4 hours, the setting times may be extended or shortened according to the ambient temperature and humidity. SUPPORT The supports must be hard, strong, dry and free of any remains of paint, plaster, varnish, etc. Therefore any of these product remains must be cleaned off, and any dust removed. It is appropriate to treat the surface with diluted hydrochloric acid and then rinse with plenty of water. It is advisable to use PROPAM DUR as a surface hardener for old mortars and concretes, before applying the product, and waiting 12 hours for it to dry. It is advisable to use a primer layer of PROPAM EMULSION as bonding interphase. Apply to the support and leave to dry until the surface looses its shine and becomes sticky.

RECOMMENDATIONS • Respect the mixing water. • Fill in the structural joints with a permanently elastic material. • Make a perimetral joint with elastic material for surfaces over 12 m2 before applying the product, for example with 1 cm expanded polystyrene. • Make partition joints for surfaces over 20 m2, with a 6 mm joint and fill it in with BETOFLEX. • If applying a second layer, the first one must not be allowed to dry completely, otherwise, a primer layer will be necessary using PROPAM EMULSIÓN. • On supports with underfloor heating, switch off the heating 24 hours before applying the product. • Before applying the paint finish, it is advisable to apply a primer coat with PROPAM DUR to ensure a more uniform finish. OBSERVATIONS Do not apply the product outdoors, or on surfaces with, or likely to produce permanent humidity due to capillary ascension. PERFORMANCE The amount of BETOLEVEL 30 used depends on various factors, like the thickness of the layer applied, unevenness of the support, support porosity, etc. Approximately 1.7 kg/m2 is used per mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: reddish grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year. Floors levelling

HOW TO USE The maximum application thickness will be 30 mm per layer. 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 5 litres of water until it is perfectly smooth. 2. Leave to stand for 2 minutes and mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 3.Pour the mixture on to the floor and spread the paste with a trowel to make levelling easier. 4. If applying a second layer, this must be applied as soon as the first layer can be walked on.

5. After 4 hours, the surface can be sanded. Wait between 12 and 18 hours before covering with the light pavement. To cover with ceramic tiles, wait between 8 and 12 hours, and if applying a paint finish, wait 72 hours.

277

278

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies CONCRETE REPAIRING MORTARS ,

278

QUICK SOLUTIONS FOR ANCHORS AND ASSEMBLIES

281

How to anchor metallic elements in concrete

282

How to make quick attachments in masonry

284

How to make a wall with a glass block

288

How to make a barbecue

290

How to repair concrete

294

PRODUCTS

295

279

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

FOR ANCHORS AND ASSEMBLIES

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies Concrete repairing mortars for anchors and assemblies Although many reinforced concrete structures have no problems, it is important to remember that concrete, like any material, does age and needs to be maintained. Various factors cause it to deteriorate and finally degrade, but the most common are corrosion of the reinforcement and cracking. On the basis of this, repairing concrete consists of four fundamental operations:

280

1. Repairing the surface of the concrete and steel element. 2. Protecting the reinforcement: joining bridge. 3. Filling the concrete with a repair mortar. 4. Protecting the final surface with aesthetical mortar and protective paint finish.

The PROPAMSA repair mortars are high quality, and help to re-establish the concreteÂ´s aesthetical and structural characteristics needed to ensure its optimum function in service.

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

281

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

282

1. How to anchor metallic elements in concrete

282

2. How to make quick attachments in masonry

284

3. How to make a wall with a glass block

288

4. How to make a barbecue

290

5. How to repair concrete

292

283

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

Quick solutions anchors and repairs

How to anchor metallic elements in concrete

To anchor prefabricates, heavy machinery and other metallic objects in concrete supports, it is necessary to use mortars with very specific technical characteristics. The solution lies in using PROPAM GROUT, that is, a mortar with high mechanical performance, compensated shrinkage, fluid consistency and great adherence so that it can adapt perfectly to the irregularities of the container in which the metallic element will be housed, ensuring its stability.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

284

The support must be firm, rough and free of oils, paint, concrete removers, dust, etc.

Beforehand apply the epoxy bonding interphase BETOPOX 93.

Wet the support with water up to saturation point 24 hours before applying the PROPAM GROUT mortar, if not using a bonding interphase.

When filling in drill holes, remove the dust and dirt remains, and the puddle of water in the holes, by blowing pressurised air.

Make the mixture of PROPAM GROUT according to the indications referened in its technical record. Use a low revolution drill or a traditional concretemixer, leaving it to stand for 5 minutes and mixing it again so that the paste is ready to be used.

Fill the envisaged hollow space. Avoid long trips between the mixing and fixing sites to avoid any possible decanting.

Once poured, PROPAM GROUT must be protected from the sun, wind, etc. It is advisable to cover it with wet cloths or sheets of polyethylene for 2 or 3 days. The curing operation is essential in each case.

APPLICATION

RECOMMENDATIONS

• If using a plastic consistency mortar, it will be necessary to help compacting with a slight vibration. • With fill-ins that are thicker than the indicated maximum, the formwork must be maintained for at least 3 days.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM GROUT BETOPOX 93

page 312 page 300

285

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

• Applicable thickness is 5 to 50 mm. • For filling, it is advisable to pour the material using a rod. In fill-ins under plates, a conduit must be provided for the air, to help it exit as the cavity is filled with PROPAM GROUT. • When filling deep drill holes, the air exit must be ensured by placing a plastic tube that draws the air out slowly.

How to make quick attachments in masonry

Masonry tasks like arrissing, small anchors, door and window framing, attaching pawls, sanitary units, hinges..., require the use of quick hardening mortars that can provide very high mechanical resistances in a few minutes. The solution lies in using PROPAM CEM RAPID or PROPAM FAST, that is, a mortar formulated on the basis of high resistance cements and special quick setting and hardening additives.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT 1

286

The support must be firm (minimum traction resistance 1 N/mm2), rough and clean of oils and old paint remains, cement removers, dust, cement slurry, etc.

Wet the support with water before applying PROPAM CEM RAPID or PROPAM FAST. When conducting this operation particular attention must be paid to very absorbent surfaces (mixed walls, bricks) and surfaces that are exposed to sunlight.

The support temperature must be at least +5ยบC and at the most +30ยบC, and the temperature should be uniform during application and hardening.

APPLICATION 1

Make the mixture of PROPAM CEM RAPID or PROPAM FAST according to the indications referened in its technical record. Each time prepare the amount of paste that is going to be used. Apply quickly, as setting is very quick.

Once kneaded, the PROPAM CEM RAPID or PROPAM FAST can be applied with a trowel or palette. The application time is approximately 10 minutes.

Curing is essential when the material is applied in strong sunlight, drought conditions, etc. It can be done with plastics, sprinkling, wet sacking cloth, etc.

Use PROPAM PRONTO,a coarse quick setting mortar ready for use if filling thicker hollow spaces.

Basic comparitive study APPLICATIONS

PROPAM PRONTO

PROPAM CEM RAPID

Arrissing Small anchors Adjustments Framing Cold plastering Quick partitioning assembly Fixing drain covers Attaching pawls, pipes, sanitary units and hinges Fixing boxes and sheaths for electrical installations Sealing conduits in cement Detaining small water filtrations in embedded structures, basements, ditches, ... Gradual resistance development over long term Resitance to sea water Resistance to corrosive waters (up to pH=4)

287

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

Quick anchoring of pipe penetrations, railings, ...

Technical data APPLICATIONS

PROPAM PRONTO

PROPAM CEM RAPID

Pot life

20 min

5 min

Initial setting time (20ºC)

30 min

10 min

Final setting time (20ºC)

60 min

15 min

Compressive strength after 3 hours

----

> 7 N/mm2

Compressive strength after 6 hours

> 5 N/mm2

----

Compressive strength after 24 hours

----

Compressive strength after 28 days

≥ 20 N/mm2

≥ 25 N/mm2

Flexural strength after 28 days

> 4 N/mm2

> 6 N/mm2

RECOMMENDATIONS

• In summer it is advisable to keep PROPAM CEM RAPID or PROPAM FAST out of the sun, and use cold water in the mixture. • In winter store PROPAM CEM RAPID or PROPAM FAST on premises with heating and use water at 20ºC.

• Do not use PROPAM CEM RAPID or PROPAM FAST to repair deteriorated structures (use PROPAM REPAR 40), foundations for machinery or bearing structures (use PROPAM GROUT), small repairs on floors, walls or steps (use PROPAM REPAR 5).

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM CEM RAPID PROPAM PRONTO PROPAM REPAR 5

288

page 308 page 310 page 296

PROPAM REPAR 40 PROPAM GROUT

page 298 page 312

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

289

How to make a wall with a glass block

A glass block is a very useful material both in construction, decoration and interior decoration, as it can be used to separate different ambiances, showers, outside walls, or simply as decoration. To install on site, it is necessary to use PROPAM GLAS, that is, an assembly mortar which, due to its technical characteristics, can attach the block of glass and do the grouting, both inside and outside.

290

It is made up of two pieces of molded glass, which are welded at a very high temperature, to create a vacuum chamber between both pieces. Said air chamber gives it thermal-acoustic insulation properties.

Once in place, it provides highly decorative finishes, given its wide range of available shapes and colours.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT Check the condition of the support; it must be completely set and clean of dust, paint, oils, etc.

It is essential that the support is perfectly level, as only then can the glass block be laid correctly.

Mix PROPAM GLAS with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm) and with clean water to obtain an even, smooth mass.

Reinforce the joins between blocks with 4 mm diameter galvanised steel rods, which do not touch the blocks.

Apply 4 PROPAM GLAS on to the glass blocks and fix them using cross-pieces.

Remove the excess paste and apply the final finish using a rubber trowel. If necessary, the final joint finish can be shaped using a pointing trowel.

Remove any material remains by cleaning the surface with a clean, dry cloth.

APPLICATION

If any expansion or contraction occurs, make a perimetral elastic joint to protect the walls or window openings in direct contact with the glass blocks.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• Every two rows, attach a galvanised anchor section to the two ends of the panel. • The glass blocks are not structural elements, and therefore they must never bear any load. • The maximum surface of one of the sides of the partition is not to exceed 20 m2.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM GLAS

page 304

291

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

• Do not apply in wet weather, or at temperatures below +5ºC or over +30ºC. • Leave a minimum 10 mm joint between blocks. • The partitions exceeding 3 metres in width will include a galvanised rod in each vertical joint.

How to make a barbecue

Making barbecues, chimneys, ovens, etc. requires using specific materials that withstand the extreme conditions to which they are going to be exposed (high temperatures, expansions and contractions, etc.). The solution lies in using PROPAM REFRACTARIO, a refractory mortar which, due to its technical characteristics, is suitable for coating walls and making joints that are subject to environments in contact with fire or high temperatures.

The sudden changes in temperature that occur when barbecues, chimneys, ovens, etc. are lit, cause expansions.

These changes can produce cracks and even cause parts to work loose, if the materials used are not appropriate.

292

When the facilities are turned off, they produce contraction movements in their materials.

PROPAM REFRACTARIO is an assembly mortar, with high mechanical resistance that can withstand temperatures of 1200ยบC.

Solution PREPARING THE SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and clean of dust, oil, etc.

If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand.

Mix PROPAM REFRACTARIO with a slow electric mixer (500 rpm) and with clean water to obtain an even, smooth mass.

Apply the mortar with a palette, respecting the application time that will be approximately 30 minutes.

The final finish can be shaped using a pointing trowel.

APPLICATION

RECOMMENDATIONS

• It withstands up to 1200ºC. • Do not apply to plaster, paint or non absorbent, broken up surfaces.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM REFRACTARIO

page 306

293

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

• Apply at a temperature of between +5ºC and +35ºC. • The mortar begins to harden after two hours, but reaches its full resistance after 24 hours.

How to repair concrete

Reinforced concrete plays a very important role in our daily life, since it is present in most building and public works structures. However, although it behaves well in service, its durability is compromised by various pathologies that can affect it. The most common and frequent cause is carbonatation, a chemical process which makes the concrete lose its capacity to protect the reinforcements from corrosion. Carbonatation advances like a front in the concrete and when it reaches the reinforcement, in the presence of humidity, it begins the corrosion.

The reinforcements, when they rust, increase in volume, producing internal stress in the concrete which converts into elements working loose or getting chipped, which in the long term, weaken the structure.

Reinforcement corrosion can also be caused by the action of chlorides, sulphates, etc., known as pitting corrosion (it occurs discontinuously in certain points of the reinforcement).

Solution Repairing concrete consists in carrying out four basic operations: 1

294

Repairing the support. Mechanically removing the deteriorated concrete until a support is reached which, as well as having a pH higher than 9.5, has a percentage of chlorides below the required minimum.

Protecting the reinforcement. The reinforcement must be uncovered all over the surface that has rusted. Clean the layer of oxide from the reinforcement with a brush or sandblast. Then apply BETOPRIM EPOXI as a reinforcement bonding and protection interphase.

RECOMMENDATIONS

• The concrete support must always be firm (minimum traction resistance 1 N/mm2), clean of any cement slurries, oils, greases, release agents, old paint, etc. • If the BETOPOX 93 bonding interphase is not going to be used on the concrete support, wet the support to saturation 24 hours before applying the PROPAM REPAR 40, repeating the wetting operation 2 hours before applying said repairing mortar. • If BETOPOX 93 is going to be used on the concrete support, PROPAM REPAR 40 must be applied while the bonding interphase is fresh, that is, within 4 hours of it being applied. • It is not necessary to apply BETOPOX 93 before filling in with PROPAM REPAR 5.

Protecting the final surface. The simplest way to protect the concrete against carbonatation, chlorides and chemically aggressive atmospheres is by means of a continual render based on a one coat mortar from the REVAT range, or acrylic type (REVAT FILM, REVAT PLAS).

• The PROPAM REPAR 5 or PROPAM REPAR 40 must set 24 hours after application, to ensure that the product obtains the envisaged properties.

Use the PROPAM FIX primer to apply one coat mortars from the REVAT range, to the concrete surface.

REFERENCE MATERIALS PROPAM REPAR 5 PROPAM REPAR 40 PROPAM FIX

page 296 page 298 page 214

BETOPOX 93 BETOPRIM EPOXI

page 300 page 302

295

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

Filling. Use the PROPAM REPAR 40 repair mortar that is appropriate for the thickness to be filled. The uncovered reinforcements must always be fully coated and all their cavities filled in, to prevent internal hollows forming. Then recoat with PROPAM REPAR 5 to obtain a more aesthetical finish.

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

296

Products PROPAM REPAR 5

296

PROPAM REPAR 40

298

BETOPOX 93

300

BETOPRIM EPOXI 302 PROPAM GLAS

304

PROPAM REFRACTARIO

306

PROPAM CEM RAPID

308

PROPAM PRONTO

310

PROPAM GROUT

312

PROPAM BLOCK

314

M7.5 SILÍCEO 316 DESINCRUSTANTE

318

GRES-LIMP

319

PROPAM DESMOL

320

297

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

AUXILIARY PRODUCTS

PROPAM REPAR 5 ®

REPAIR AND SURFACE LEVELLING MORTAR

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM REPAR 5 mortar is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and reseins that give it excellent properties.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 1504-3

Class R2

Mixing water

21 ± 1%

Applicable thickness

1 to 5 mm

Workability time

30 min

Application temperature

+5ºC to +30ºC

Compressive strength After 24 hours

≥ 4 N/mm2

After 28 days

≥ 20 N/mm2

Flexural strength

298

After 28 days

≥ 4 N/mm2

Capillary adherence

≤ 0.5 kg/m2 k 0.5

Reaction to fire

Euroclass F

PROPAM REPAR 5

PROPERTIES Excellent adherence without bonding interphase. Water and weather resistance. Hardening without cracking. Applicable in thicknesses of up to 5 mm. Thixotropic. Provides excellent protection against carbonatation thanks to its flat, crack-free surface. Very easy to work consistency. SUPPORT The support must be firm (minimum traction resistance 1 N/mm2), clean of any cement slurries, oils, greases, release agents, old paint, etc. The support temperature must be at least +5ºC and at the most +30ºC, and the temperature should be uniform during application and hardening. Wet the support before application. HOW TO USE Mixture: 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 5 litres of water until it is perfectly smooth. 2. Leave to stand for 3 minutes and mix again for a short time.

3. Do not re-mix or add more water to the mortar if it looses its consistency. Application: Once kneaded, the PROPAM REPAR 5 can be applied with a trowel or palette. PROPAM REPAR 5 can be smoothed after 30 to 90 minutes. The application time is approximately 30 minutes. Setting: Curing is essential when the material is applied in strong sunlight, drought conditions, etc. It can be done with plastics, sprinkling, wet sacking cloth, etc. RECOMMENDATIONS • Wet the surface before applying PROPAM REPAR 5. • Do not apply PROPAM REPAR 5 to dry mineral supports. • Do not apply in thicknesses over 5 mm. • Protect from rain water when still recently laid. PERFORMANCE The amount of PROPAM REPAR 5 used is 1.8 kg of kneaded mortar per m2 and mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

299

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

APPLICATIONS It can be applied both indoors and outdoors. Indicated for repairing and levelling damaged concrete surfaces, in structures, columns, façades, etc.; superficial repair and cosmetics of all kinds of prefabricated parts; fine plastering on concrete, wing walls, mortar, etc.: levelling vertical supports.

PROPAM REPAR 40 ®

MORTAR FOR REPAIRING CONCRETE STRUCTURES

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM REPAR 40 mortar is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and resins that give it excellent properties.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 1504-3

Class R4

Mixing water

15 ± 1%

Applicable thickness

10 to 40 mm

Workability time

30 min

Application temperature

+5ºC to +30ºC

Compressive strength After 24 hours:

≥ 18 N/mm2

After 28 days:

≥ 50 N/mm2

Flexural strength

300

After 28 days:

≥ 6 N/mm2

Adherence on concrete

≥ 2 N/mm2

Adherence on concrete after cycles

≥ 2 N/mm2

Capillary absorption

≤ 0.5 kg/m2 h 0.5

Reaction to fire

Euroclass F

PROPAM REPAR 40 APPLICATIONS It can be applied both indoors and outdoors. Indicated for quick fixing damages in concrete elements, concrete reconstructions in corners and damaged edges, repairing peelings and breakages. PROPERTIES Thixotropic. Weather resistant. Hardening without cracking. SUPPORT The support must be firm (minimum traction resistance 1 N/mm2), clean of any cement slurries, oils, greases, release agent remains, old paint, etc. The support temperature must be at least +5ºC and at the most +30ºC, and the temperature should be uniform during application and hardening. HOW TO USE Preparing the support: 1. Wet the support with water up to saturation point 24 hours before applying the mortar. 2. Wet again 2 hours before applying the mortar. 3. To improve adherence it is also possible to use the bonding interphase BETOPOX 93. PROPAM REPAR 40 must be applied to the bonding interphase while it is still fresh, that is, within 4 hours in the case of BETOPOX 93 (at 20ºC).

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply PROPAM REPAR 40 in temperatures below +5ºC or over +30ºC. • Do not add more water to the mortar than is necessary, and do not re-knead. • Only mix the amount of mortar that can be used during the application time. • Do not add cement, sand or other substances that may affect the properties of the hardened material. • Use the specified amount of water for kneading. • A larger amount of water reduces the mechanical resistance and increases cracking and shrinkage: • Let the recently applied mortar set well. • Once the product has been applied, protect it from the weather. • PROPAM REPAR 40 must be cleaned with water when fresh. Once hardened, it can only be removed mechanically. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM REPAR 40 used is 2.2 kg of kneaded mortar per m2 and mm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

Mixture and Application: 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 3.80 litres of water until it is perfectly smooth. 2. Apply PROPAM REPAR 40 using a trowel or by projection. 3. Then compact the mixture and float or smooth as required.

301

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

Setting: it is essential that PROPAM REPAR 40 sets at least 24 hours after application, to ensure that the product obtains its envisaged properties. Therefore, it is better to cover the surface with sacking cloth or sacks and to keep them constantly moist.

BETOPOX 93 LOW VISCOSITY EPOXY BONDING INTERPHASE FOR CONCRETES AND MORTARS

DESCRIPTION Bicomponent adhesive based on low viscosity epoxy resins without low viscosity solvents, specially designed to guarantee perfect adherence between concrete or fresh mortar and hardened concrete and other materials.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 1504-4

302

Mixture density

1.05 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

45 minutes

Total hardening

7 days

Glass transition temperature

≥ 40

Pull-out resistance

≥ 14 N/mm2

Shearing resistance

≥ 12 N/mm2

Shrinkage/Expansion

≤ 0.1%

Compressive strength

≥ 50 N/mm2

Reaction to fire

Euroclass F

BETOPOX 93

PROPERTIES Excellent adherence to virtually all construction materials: concrete, mortar, steel, metal, wood, etc. Since it does not contain solvents, it catalises without losing volume. High mechanical and abrasion resistance. Resistance to water, lye, weak acids, mineral oils. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and have a maximum humidity content of 5%. The surface must be clean of dirt, oils, grease, poorly adhered particles, dust, etc.; it should be suction cleaned before applying BETOPOX 93. The base is to be sufficiently rough, and is to be prepared with mechanical means, like sandblasting, sanding, milling, etc. The pores must be open. HOW TO USE 1. Pour Component B over Component A and beat with a low revolution mechanical stirrer for 3 to 4 minutes, to obtain a mixture with a uniform appearance and colour. Try to avoid air blockage during the mixture. 2. The product is ready for application when the mixture has a uniform colour. 3.Use a wide brush, roller or “air-less” gun, to apply a thin, uniform layer all over the surface. 4.Apply the new concrete or mortar always to the fresh resin, making sure at any event that the resin still remains sticky when it is laid. Otherwise it is necessary to apply a new layer of BETOPOX 93.

5.If using to protect reinforcements, apply a first layer to the reinforcement, and once dry apply a second layer all over the surface before laying the mortar, to avoid entraining the resin with the mortar. 6.The tools and any stains can be removed before hardening with BETOXIL. Once hardened, it can only be removed mechanically. RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 30ºC. With low temperatures, its pot life is longer, and with high temperatures it is reduced. • Do not prepare partial mixtures of the contents of the packagings of both components. • Do not add cement, solvents or other substances that may affect the properties of the hardened material. • Check at any event that the product still stains the fingertips when fixing the mortar on it. Otherwise apply a second layer of BETOPOX 93. • In hot weather, keep the material cool and protect it from direct sunlight. The real working period in hot periods can be extended if the material is kept cool, both before and after mixing it. PERFORMANCE The amount of BETOPOX 93 that is used is approximately 200-300 g/cm2, and this may vary according to the use, porosity and absorption capacity of the support. PACKAGING Sets of 2 and 5 kg. STORAGE In original closed packaging, in covered areas. 18 months.

303

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

APPLICATIONS Old-new concrete join. Bonding interphase between concrete and mortar in structural repairs. Adherent interphase for polyurethane based epoxy mortars or coatings, etc. Bonding interphase on wood, stone, asbestos cement, etc. Protection against reinforcement corrosion.

BETOPRIM EPOXI EPOXY PRIMER FOR PROTECTING STEEL AGAINST CORROSION

DESCRIPTION Bicomponent anti-corrosive coating formulated with water based epoxy resins and corrosion inhibitors, and designed to protect and passivate metallic reinforcements and structures.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 1504-7

304

Mixture density

1.6 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

90 minutes

Drying time

20 minutes

Glass transition temperature

≥ 50ºC

Protection against corrosion

Pasa

Adherence to steel

≥ 4 N/mm2

Reaction to fire

Euroclass F

BETOPRIM EPOXI APPLICATIONS It acts against corrosion, passivating the steel, and preventing the action of aggressive agents, in pipes, metal conduits, bridges, etc. Rehabilitating concrete affected by corroded reinforcements, due to carbonatation, freezethaw cycles, environment contamination, etc. As a preventive measure on reinforced concrete elements with little coating and the risk of the reinforcements corroding. Metallic constructions in aggressive atmospheres. PROPERTIES Great anti-corrosion power, thanks to the active inhibitor agents. Adherence to steel and concrete. Excellent resistance to atmospheric agents, industrial and maritime atmospheres, etc. SUPPORT The concrete supports must be firm and clean without any loose particles, oils, grease or dust around the reinforcements. The reinforcements must be clean without any rust, calamine and possible concrete remains. It must be cleaned with sandblasting to grade Sa 2½ or metallic brush grade St3 (standard SIS 05.09.00).

RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. With low temperatures, its pot life is longer, and with high temperatures it is reduced. • Do not prepare partial mixtures of the contents of the packagings of both components. • Do not add cement, solvents or other substances that may affect the properties of the hardened material. • In hot weather, keep the material cool and protect it from direct sunlight. The real working period in hot periods can be extended if the material is kept cool, both before and after mixing it. PERFORMANCE It is advisable to use a completely dry film of 80-100 microns, which corresponds to a theortical use of 250-300 g/cm2 of BETOPRIM EPOXI, which can vary according to the use, porosity and absorption capacity of the support. PACKAGING Set of 1 kg. STORAGE In original closed packaging, in covered areas. 18 months.

305

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

HOW TO USE 1. Using a low revolution stirrer, mix Component A until an even mixture is obtained. Add Component B and continue stirring for 2-3 minutes until a completely even product is obtained, in terms of its texture and colour. 2. Apply with a short hair brush or roller to the reinforcement until it is covered completely. It is advisable for greater safety, to apply a second layer when the first is dry. 3.Apply the mortar to the primer when the former is dry, to avoid entraining components. For large surfaces, an “air-less” gun can be used to apply the product. 4.While the product is still fresh, the tools can be cleaned with just water. Once the resin has hardened, the product can only be removed mechanically.

PROPAM HIGH PERFORMANCE ASSEMBLY MORTAR FOR ATTACHING AND GROUTING GLASS BLOCKS

GLAS

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM GLAS mortar is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates, organic additives and resins that give it excellent workability, water retention and adherence properties.

TECHNICAL DATA

306

Mixing water

20 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Block adjustment time

20 minutes

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Maximum application thickness

20 mm

Adherence to block

≥ 0.7 N/mm2

PROPAM GLAS

PROPERTIES Great adherence. Easy to apply. High whiteness index. SUPPORT The blocks must be clean and dry. HOW TO USE Mixture: 1. Mix the whole bag with approximately 5 litres of water until it is perfectly smooth. 2. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 3. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 4.Apply the paste to the glass blocks and fix them using crosspieces. 5.Reinforce the joins between blocks with 4 mm diameter galvanised steel rods, which do not touch the blocks. Partitions exceeding 3 metres in width will include a galvanised rod in each vertical joint. 6.Remove the excess paste and apply the final finish to the joints using a hard rubber trowel. 7. Once hardened, remove any remains by cleaning with a clean, dry cloth. 8.If any expansion or shrinkage occurs, lay an elastic perimeter joint to protect the walls or window openings in contact with the blocks. 9. When fixing, it is important to press the blocks to make sure that they all form a solid surface, and to avoid any gaps between the block and the support.

RECOMMENDATIONS •Do not apply in wet weather, or in temperatures below 5ºC or over 35ºC. •Leave a minimum 10 mm joint between blocks. • Every two rows, attach a galvanised anchor section to the two ends of the panel. • Glass block partitions are not structural elements, and therefore they must never bear any load. • The maximum surface of one of the sides of the partition is not to exceed 20 m2. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM GLAS used in kg/m2 for assembling and grouting operations with a 10 mm joint, depends on the size of the block: BLOCK THICKNESS (mm)

15 x 15

19 x 19

BLOCK SIZE (cm) 20 x 20

24 x 24

30 x 30

50 80 100

12 -

10 16 20

10 15 19

13 -

PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

307

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

APPLICATIONS Fixing and grouting glass blocks in large windows and indoor and outdoor partitions.

PROPAM REFRACTORY MORTAR

REFRACTARIO

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM REFRACTARIO mortar is formulated on the basis of cast cement and special selected aggregates that give it the capacity to withstand temperatures up to 1200ºC.

TECHNICAL DATA Powdered product Particles greater than 2 mm

≤ 1%

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

20 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

30 minutes

Service time

24 hours

Hardened product Compressive strength

308

≥ 30 N/mm2

PROPAM REFRACTARIO

PROPERTIES Easy to apply. Withstands up to 1200ºC. High mechanical resistance. SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and clean of dust. Do not apply to plaster, paint or non absorbent, broken up surfaces. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand.

HOW TO USE Mix manually or mechanically with approximately 20% of water (5 litres approximately per 25 kg bag, to obtain an even, smooth mass. The mortar begins to harden after two hours, but reaches its full resistance after 24 hours. PERFORMANCE The amount of PROPAM REFRACTARIO used is 25 kg/m2 per 1.5 cm joint thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 12 months.

309

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

APPLICATIONS The PROPAM REFRACTARIO mortar is indicated for laying refractory bricks in kilns, chimneys, barbecues, etc., both indoors and outdoors. It is also appropriate for coating walls that are subject to environments in contact with fire or high temperatures.

PROPAM HYDRAULIC SETTING AND QUICK HARDENING BINDER

CEM RAPID

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM CEM RAPID mortar is formulated on the basis of high resistance cements and special additives that give it excellent properties.

TECHNICAL DATA

310

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Mixing water

23 ± 1%

Applicable thickness

1 to 5 mm

Workability time

10 min

Application temperature

+5ºC to +30ºC

Can be painted after

24 hours

Can be covered with ceramic tiles after

6 hours

Flexural strength after 28 days

≥ 6 N/mm2

Compressive strength after 3 hours

≥ 7 N/mm2

Compressive strength after 28 days

≥ 25 N/mm2

PROPAM CEM RAPID APPLICATIONS It can be applied both indoors and outdoors. Indicated for any kind of quick attachment, to vertical and horizontal surfaces, and for laying sewer covers, attaching pawls, pipes, sanitary units and hinges, laying boxes and raceways for electrical installations, sealing conduits in cement, drains, cisterns, detaining small water filtrations in embedded structures, basements and lift shafts, etc. PROPERTIES Excellent adherence without bonding interphase. Resistant to water and freezing conditions. Hardening without cracking. Applicable in thicknesses of up to 5 mm. Thixotropic. Very easy to work consistency. Very high mechanical resistance after 3 hours. Does not contain chlorides. SUPPORT The support must be firm (minimum traction resistance 1 N/mm2), clean of dust, grease, oil, paint remains, etc. Any traces of setting agents or release agents must be removed, as well as superficial cement slurries. The support temperature must be at least +5ºC and at the most +30ºC, and the temperature should be uniform during application and hardening. Wet the support before application. This operation must be conducted paying particular attention to very absorbent surfaces (mixed walls, bricks) that are exposed to sunlight. HOW TO USE Mixture: 1.In a bowl containing 250 cm3 of water, gradually pour in while stirring 1 kg of PROPAM CEM RAPID, mix with a palette or spatula to obtain an even paste, without any lumps. A larger amount can be prepared and, if so, it is advisable to use an electric beater. 2. Each time prepare the amount of paste that is going to be used. Apply quickly, as setting is very quick. 3. Do not re-mix or add more water to the mortar if it looses its consistency.

Application: Once kneaded, the PROPAM CEM RAPID can be applied with a trowel or palette. The application time is approximately 10 minutes. Setting: Curing is essential when the material is applied in strong sunlight, drought conditions, etc. It can be done with plastics, sprinkling, wet sacking cloth, etc. RECOMMENDATIONS • Wet the surface before applying PROPAM CEM RAPID. • Do not apply in thicknesses over 5 mm. • Once the product has been applied, protect it from the weather. • In summer it is advisable to keep the product out of the sun, and use cold water. • In winter store the product on premises with heating and use water at 20ºC. • For filling the large cavities on vertical surfaces, apply the product in various layers, with approximately 5 minute intervals between each layer. • On hot days or in strong winds, keep the surface wet during the first hour of hardening to ensure adequate setting. • PROPAM CEM RAPID should not be usd in the following cases: - To repair degraded concrete structures (use PROPAM REPAR 40). - For foundations for machines or bearing structures (use PROPAM GROUT) - Small repairs on floors, walls or steps (use PROPAM REPAR 5). PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM CEM RAPID used is 1.8 kg of kneaded mortar per m2 and mm thickness. This is a theoretical amount and it should be determined for each particular project by conducting representative assays “in situ”. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey.

311

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 6 months.

PROPAM QUICK SETTING MORTAR FOR COVERING REPAIRS AND ANCHORS

PRONTO

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM PRONTO mortar is formulated on the basis of a mixture of cements, selected silica aggregates and additives that give it good workability properties, like its quick setting time.

TECHNICAL DATA Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

12 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to 35ºC

Pot life

20 minutes

Hardened product

312

Flexural strength after 28 days

≥ 4 N/mm2

Compressive strength after 6 hours

≥ 5 N/mm2

Compressive strength after 28 days

≥ 20 N/mm2

PROPAM PRONTO

PROPERTIES Easy to apply. High workability Avoids mixtures. Quick hardening. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Do not apply to plaster, paint or non absorbent surfaces.

HOW TO USE Mix manually or mechanically with approximately 12% of water (3 litres approximately for each 25 kg bag), to obtain a smooth, even mass. The maximum time for using the mixture is about 20 minutes, as then setting starts to develop. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM PRONTO used is 22 kg/m2 per cm thickness in the case of rendering. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 6 months.

SAFETY AND HYGIENE: All the information about conditions of use, storage, transport and removing chemical waste is available on the product Safety Sheet. The product and its packaging must be disposed of according to current legislation and it is the responsibility of the product end user. LEGAL NOTICE: The data contained in this document is based on our experience and technical knowledge, gained during laboratory assays, and our bibliography. We will not be responsible for any product applications not indicated in this file. The dosing and usage amount data are only guidelines, based on our experience, and may alter due to atmospheric or on-site conditions. For correct dosing and usage amounts, it is necessary to conduct a trial or assay â&#x20AC;&#x153;in situâ&#x20AC;?, for which the client is responsible. If you have any query or require addition information or clarification, please consult our technical department. The valid technical file will always be the latest version uploaded on www.propamsa.es January 2012.

313

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

APPLICATIONS The PROPAM PRONTO mortar is indicated for general masonry tasks where good short term resistance is required, such as; arrissing, small anchors, adjustments, framing, cold time plastering, assembling quick partitions, etc. Quick setting with high resistance.

PROPAM FLUID MORTAR, WITHOUT SHRINKAGE, FOR FILL-INS AND ANCHORAGES IN GENERAL

GROUT

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM GROUT mortar is formulated on the basis of cement, selected aggregates and organic additives that give it excellent properties.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 1504-6 Mixing water (fluid consistency)

12 ± 1%

Applicable thickness

10 to 70 mm

Workability time

30 min

Application temperature

+5ºC to +30ºC

Compressive strength After 24 hours

≥ 30 N/mm2

After 28 days

≥ 65 N/mm2

Flexural strength

314

After 28 days

≥ 8 N/mm2

Shifting resistance, under 75 kN load

≤ 0.6 mm

Reaction to fire

Euroclass F

PROPAM GROUT

PROPERTIES Compensated shrinkage. Fluid consistency without segregating once kneaded. Good initial and final resistance levels. High self-levelling and fill-in power. Impermeable to water, oils, grease and petroleum derivatives. Free of substances that are aggressive to concrete and steel. SUPPORT The support must be clean, firm, rough and free of oils, grease, paint, remains of oils, release agents, dust, etc. Its temperature must not be below +5ºC or over +30ºC. Wet the support with water up to saturation point 24 hours before applying the mortar. When filling in drill holes, remove the dust and dirt remains, and the puddle of water in the holes, by blowing pressurised air. HOW TO USE Mixture: 1 In a clean bowl containing 2 litres of water, gradually pour in PROPAM GROUT while mixing carefully. 2. Add the rest of the water up to 3 litres, approximately one 25 kg bag, to obtain a fluid, smooth mortar. Do not add more than the recommended amount of water. It can be kneaded using a drilling machine fitted with a low revolution stirrer, or in a conventional concrete mixer. 3. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes. 4. Mix again so that the paste is ready to be used. 5. The indicated amount of mixing water can be reduced to obtain higher mechanical properties. Application: 1. Fill in the envisaged hollow space. Avoid long trips between the mixing and laying sites to avoid any possible decanting.

2. For filling, it is advisable to pour the material with the help of a rod. In fill-ins under plates, a conduit must be provided to help the air exit as the cavity is filled with PROPAM GROUT. 3. When filling deep drill holes, the air exit must be ensured by placing a plastic tube that draws the air out slowly. 4.If using a plastic consistency mortar, it will be necessary to help compacting with a slight vibration. Setting: 1. Once poured, PROPAM GROUT must be protected from the sun, wind, etc. It is advisable to cover it with wet cloths or sheets of polyethylene for 2 or 3 days. 2. The curing operation is essential in each case. 3. If filling in formwork, wait 24 hours at 20ºC before stripping. RECOMMENDATIONS • Do not add cement, sand or other substances that may affect the properties of the material. • With fill-ins that are thicker than the indicated maximum for each product, the formwork must be maintained for at least 3 days. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM GROUT used is 2.2 kg/m2 and mm thickness of the fill-in, and according to the roughness of the support. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colour: grey. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

315

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

APPLICATIONS It is indicated for filling-in machinery bedplates, levelling general bridge supports and anchorages for machinery, columns, bolts, steel bars, through pipes, etc,

PROPAM COLOURED WATER REPELLENT MORTAR

BLOCK

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM BLOCK mortar is formulated on the basis of cement, pigments, selected silica aggregates and plastifying agents that improve its workability properties.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -2

G-M7.5

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

14 ± 1%

Bulk density

2.0 ± 0.10 g/cm3

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

20 minutes

Hardened product

316

Compressive strength

≥ 7.5 N/mm2

Bonding strength.

≥ 0.5 N/mm2

Contains chlorides

≤ 0.1%

Water absorption

≤ 0.2 kg/m2 min 0.5

Water vapor permeability

μ15/35

PROPAM BLOCK APPLICATIONS Suitable for raising walls with coloured blocks, exposed brick and general masonry works. Not machine sprayable.

HOW TO USE Mix manually or mechanically with approximately 14% of water (3,5 litres approximately per 25 kg bag), to obtain an even, smooth mass.

PROPERTIES Easy to apply. Diversity of colours. Very high workability. Water repellent.

PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of PROPAM BLOCK used is 24 kg/m2 per cm thickness.

STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

SAFETY AND HYGIENE: All the information about conditions of use, storage, transport and removing chemical waste is available on the product Safety Sheet. The product and its packaging must be disposed of according to current legislation and it is the responsibility of the product end user. LEGAL NOTICE: The data contained in this document is based on our experience and technical knowledge, gained during laboratory assays, and our bibliography. We will not be responsible for any product applications not indicated in this file. The dosing and usage amount data are only guidelines, based on our experience, and may alter due to atmospheric or on-site conditions. For correct dosing and usage amounts, it is necessary to conduct a trial or assay â&#x20AC;&#x153;in situâ&#x20AC;?, for which the client is responsible. If you have any query or require addition information or clarification, please consult our technical department. The valid technical file will always be the latest version uploaded on www.propamsa.es January 2012.

317

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

SUPPORT The support must be strong, completely set and clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Do not apply to plaster, paint or non absorbent surfaces.

PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white.

M7.5 DRY MORTAR WITH EXCELLENT WORKABILITY

SILÍCEO DESCRIPTION The M7.5 SILÍCEO dry mortar is formulated on the basis of a cement, selected silica aggregates and plastifying agents that improve its workability properties.

TECHNICAL DATA According to EN 998 -2

G-M7.5

Reaction to fire

Euroclass A1

Paste product Mixing water

14 ± 1%

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Pot life

20 minutes

Hardened product

318

Compressive strength

≥ 7.5 N/mm2

Bonding strength

≥ 0.15 N/mm2

Contains chlorides

≤ 0.1%

Thermal conductivity

0.8 ± 0.1 W/m·K

M7.5 SILÍCEO

PROPERTIES Avoids mixtures. Easy to apply. Very high workability. SUPPORT The support must be strong and completely set, and clean of dust, paint, oil, etc. If exposed to sun or very absorbent, it is advisable to wet it beforehand. Do not apply to plaster, paint or non absorbent surfaces.

HOW TO USE Mix manually or mechanically with approximately 14% of water (3.5 litres approximately for each 25 kg bag), to obtain a smooth, even mass. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of M7.5 SILÍCEO used is 24 kg/m2 per cm thickness. PACKAGING 25 kg bags. Colours: grey and white. STORAGE In its original closed packaging and protected from humidity conditions: 1 year.

319

Repairing concrete, anchors and assemblies

APPLICATIONS The M7.5 SILÍCEO dry mortar is suitable for masonry works in general: brickwork, plastering, terrazzo pavements, etc. Not machine sprayable.

DESINCRUSTANTE VERY EFFECTIVE LIQUID ACID PAINT STRIPPER

DE CEMENTO

DESCRIPTION Cement descaler is made up on the basis of mineral acids and organic inhibitors.

TECHNICAL DATA

APPLICATIONS Universal cement remover. Cleans cement remains on all kinds of ceramic tiles and mosaics, on pavements, renders and façades, both indoors and outdoors. Cleans dirt on site: remains of cement, lime, dust, efflorescence on open work. Cleans small rust stains. Cleans swimming pools. HOW TO USE 1. First wet with water the surfaces that are not to be treated. 2. On limestone surfaces, marble, etc., dilute to 5% and carry out tests beforehand. 3. On the remaining surfaces, dilute one part of DESINCRUSTANTE in two parts of water. In difficult cases, apply directly without diluting. 4. Apply with a wide brush or diffuser. 5. Leave to stand for about 5 minutes.

320

Appearance

Liquid

Fire performance

Non-inflammable

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

≥1

6. Then wash the surface with plenty of pressurised water or with a wet, soapy brush. At any event, it is advisable to carry out a test beforehand. PRECAUTIONS DESINCRUSTANTE is an acidic, corrosive product that can burn the skin, and therefore when used, rubber gloves and goggles must be worn. If the product splashes, wash with plenty of water and, if necessary, seek medical advice. PACKAGING In 1, 5 and 25 litre plastic drums. Appearance: liquid. STORAGE Original well closed packaging, in covered areas, protected from heat, humidity and cold (freezing conditions): 2 years.

GRES-LIMP CERAMIC TILE AND STONEWARE CLEANING AGENT

DESCRIPTION

GRES-LIMP is a powerful, emulsifiable cleaning agent, which can be used manually or in cleaning machines. It is designed so that it does not produce much foam when used. Due to its detergent power, it is used to remove oils and grease, both animal and mineral, soot, asphalt, truck tread marks and in heavily transited areas. It can also be used on all the most common metals, plastic materials and epoxy coatings.

TECHNICAL DATA

APPLICATIONS 1. Wineries. Removing pallet truck tread marks, etc. Removing bottling plant glues. 2. Supermarkets. Removing foot marks, tread marks and all kinds of dirt caused by transit. 3. Spraying. On difficult areas before normal cleaning, using mechanical means. 4. Maintenance. Removing tar and stains on workshop floors, garages, machine rooms and boat decks. HOW TO USE 1. Apply a very fine layer of GRES-LIMP using a mop, cloth or roller. 2. Leave for three minutes. Then rub with clean water to remove the rest of the product and the removed dirt. 3. On large surfaces and with cleaning machines, dilute from 2 to 8% in water. At any event,wash with plenty of water.

Appearance

Liquid

Fire performance

Non-inflammable

Application temperature

+5ºC to +35ºC

Water solubility

Total

≥7

PRECAUTIONS GRES-LIMP is a noninflammable product. It is advisable to use it on wide or ventilated premises. If it comes into contact with the skin, wash with plenty of water. Keep out of the reach and sight of children. PACKAGING Metallic 1 litre drums. Appearance: liquid. STORAGE Original well closed packaging, in covered areas, protected from heat, humidity and cold (freezing conditions): 2 years.

321

PROPAM DESMOL RELEASE AGENT FOR REVAT FORMA

APPLICATIONS The PROPAM DESMOL release agent is indicated as a separating agent that allows the superficial texture of REVAT FORMA for finishes using rollers and moulds. PROPERTIES Colourless. Protects the façade from possible efflorescence. Superficial water repellent effect that allows the support to breathe. High impermeability to rain water. Water vapor permeability HOW TO USE The PROPAM DESMOL comes ready to use. It is advisable to apply it with a sprayer while REVAT FORMA is still fresh, so that it can then be texturised with a roller or mould.

DESCRIPTION The PROPAM DESMOL release agent is formulated on the basis of resins in organic solvent and specific additives.

OBSERVATIONS Use gloves when using the product. Do not pour into sewers. Do not breathe in the fumes. Do not smoke when handling the product. PERFORMANCE The approximate amount of DESMOL used is 1 litre per 20 m2.

PROPAM

PACKAGING 25 litre plastic drums. STORAGE In original closed packaging, in covered areas: 2 years.

322

OTHER PRODUCTS, CEMENTS AND PACKAGED AGGREGATES AND TOOLS SLURRIES BORADA

DESCRIPTION: White slurry specially formulated for those applicatoins that do not require high resistance, but do need a decorative texture and finish using pavement and supports.

APPLICATIONS: Grouting ceramic Austrian rococo-stucco materials.

and

PACKAGING: 25 kg bags, 5 kg bags and 1 kg bags.

CEMENTS AND PACKAGED AGGREGATES GREY PORTLAND CEMENT

According to Standard UNE 197-1:2000 APPLICATIONS: Masonry mortars, mass and reinforced concrete, etc.

MARBLE AGGREGATES STONE COLOURS: White, Grey, Red, Ivory, Wood, Yellow, River stone. AGGREGATE SIZES: 3-5 mm and 5-9 mm.

PACKAGING: 25 kg bags.

PACKAGING: 30 kg bags, 40 sack pallets.

MARBLE MARBLE CHIPPINGS PACKAGING: 25 kg bags.

TOOLS RIVETS

PACKAGING: Box of 130 rivets/ metres in each unit.

PVC RULERS

PACKAGING: Packet of 6 units/ metres in each unit.

BLOCKS

PACKAGING: Packet of 10 units/ metres in each unit.

SECTIONS / CORNER PIECES PACKAGING: Packet of 15 units/ metres in each unit.

FIBERGLASS NET

PACKAGING: 50 metre rolls.

HANDLE-LESS SCRAPERS

PACKAGING: Without 8 mm handle. 3

323

PRODUCTS AND SOLUTIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION

WARNING: This information has been compiled on the basis of our assays and experience. The recommendations contained on this file do not carry any guarantee, as the application conditions are beyond our control. It is the clientâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsiblity to make sure that the product is suitable for the desired use. This technical file is valid at the time of the latest edition of the printed catalogue. VERSION 12

MANUFACTURING CENTRES BARCELONA FACTORY / CENTRAL OFFICE C/ Ciments Molins, s/n. Pol. Ind. Les Fallulles 08620 Sant Vicenç dels Horts (Barcelona) Tel. +34 93 680 60 40 - Fax +34 93 680 60 49 pedidos@propamsa.es CENTRAL FACTORY Calle Vega del Tajo, 8 19209 Quer (Guadalajara) Tel. 902 264 666 - Fax +34 94 929 77 22 pedidoscentro@propamsa.es SOUTHERN FACTORY Pol. Ind. La Chaparrilla - Parcelas 53 and 54 41016 Seville Tel. +34 95 440 51 45 - Fax +34 95 440 61 29 pedidossevilla@propamsa.es NORTH EASTERN FACTORY Pol. Ind. Chan da Ponte - Parcela 21 36450 Salvaterra do Miño (Pontevedra) Tel. +34 98 666 40 09 - Fax +34 98 666 42 00 pedidosgalicia@propamsa.es LEVANTE FACTORY C / Cami del Azagador Parcela 22, Polígono 6 46610 Guadassuar (Valencia) Tel. +34 96 244 61 71 - Fax +34 96 244 22 19 pedidoslevante@propamsa.es

WAREHOUSES PALMA DE MALLORCA WAREHOUSE C / Can Valero, 3 Local 2 - Pol. Ind. Can Valero 07011 Palma de Mallorca Tel. +34 971 25 38 45 - Fax +34 971 25 38 68 pedidospalma@propamsa.es NORTHERN WAREHOUSE Laukariz Bidea - 68 A-C PAB (Zabalondo Industrialdea) 48100 Munguía Tel. +34 94 674 41 58 - Fax +34 94 615 63 64 pedidosnorte@propamsa.es